Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per...

171
Operator Reference Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - RBU TM TM TM TM TM Issue/Rev. 0.4 (8/97) Bulletin MN06066L Smith Meter Inc. The Most Trusted Name In Measurement

Transcript of Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per...

Page 1: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Operator Reference

Electronic Preset Delivery System

AccuLoad II - RBUTMTMTMTMTM

Issue/Rev. 0.4 (8/97) Bulletin MN06066L

Smith Meter Inc. The Most Trusted Name In Measurement

Page 2: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Table of Contents

i

Section I - Introduction .........................................................................................................................................1Product Description...........................................................................................................................................1How To Use This Manual..................................................................................................................................2Before Beginning Operations ............................................................................................................................3

Section II - System Directory ................................................................................................................................4000 - Configuration Directory ............................................................................................................................4

001 - Number of Products..............................................................................................................................4002 - Number of Additive Injectors.................................................................................................................4003, 004, 009, 010 - A/C Output Relay Assignments .....................................................................................4005, 006, 011, 012 - A/C Output Relay Assignments .....................................................................................5007, 008, 013, 014 - A/C Output Relay Assignments .....................................................................................5015, 016, 017, 018 - D/C Output Relay Assignments .....................................................................................6019, 020, 021, 022, 023, 024, 025, 026, 027, 028, 029, 030 - A/C Input Assignments....................................6031, 032 - RTD Assignments.........................................................................................................................7033, 034, 035, 036 - 4-20 mA Channel Assignments .....................................................................................7037, 038, 039, 040, 041, 042, 043, 044 - Additive Injection Plumbing.............................................................7090 - Program Configuration..........................................................................................................................8091 - Print Configuration..............................................................................................................................11

100 - System General Purpose Directory ........................................................................................................13101 - System Alarm Check/Reset................................................................................................................13102, 103, 104, 105 - Product Alarm Check/Reset ........................................................................................16106 - Recipe Alarms Check/Reset ...............................................................................................................18107 - Run Mode Alarms...............................................................................................................................19108 - Ready Mode Alarms ...........................................................................................................................19109 - Set Time.............................................................................................................................................19110 - Set Date.............................................................................................................................................19111 - Dynamic Display Time-out ..................................................................................................................20140 - Protection of Program Codes 180-189................................................................................................20141 - Local Mode Alarm Clearing.................................................................................................................20142 - Decimal or Comma Selection..............................................................................................................21143 - Alarm Relay........................................................................................................................................21144 - RUN/READY Initialization...................................................................................................................22145 - Ready/Run Mode Clearable Alarms Selection.....................................................................................22180 - Programming Access Code ................................................................................................................25181 - Transaction Security ID ......................................................................................................................25182 - Transaction Security Prompt Message ...............................................................................................25

183 - Auto Reset Timer ...............................................................................................................................25184 - Ready Mode Message........................................................................................................................25185 - Run & Ready Mode Customized Display.............................................................................................25186 - Power Failure Alarm ...........................................................................................................................26

200 - System Flow Control Directory...............................................................................................................31201 - Low Flow Start Volume.......................................................................................................................31202 - Low Flow Start Percentage.................................................................................................................31203 - Low Flow Start Rate ...........................................................................................................................31204 - Low Flow Start ...................................................................................................................................31205 - System First High Flow Rate ..............................................................................................................32206 - System Second High Flow Rate .........................................................................................................32207 - Overrun Alarm Limit............................................................................................................................32208 - Zero Flow Timer .................................................................................................................................32209 - Start Delay After Stop.........................................................................................................................33210 - Pump Relay Time Delay .....................................................................................................................33211 - Control Valve Delay to Open ..............................................................................................................33212 - Zero Flow Alarm.................................................................................................................................34

Page 3: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Table of Contents

ii

240 - Protection of Program Codes 280-289................................................................................................34280 - Clean Line Product .............................................................................................................................34281 - Clean Line Volume .............................................................................................................................35282 - Clean Line Alarm Limit........................................................................................................................35283 - Ratio Adjustment Factor .....................................................................................................................35284 - Flow Rate Adjustment Timer...............................................................................................................35

300 - System Volume Accuracy Directory .......................................................................................................36301 - Transaction Control ............................................................................................................................36302 - Maximum Preset Volume....................................................................................................................36303 - Minimum Preset Volume.....................................................................................................................36304 - Auto Preset ........................................................................................................................................37305 - Auto Preset Increment........................................................................................................................37306 - Blank Downcounter ............................................................................................................................37307 - Volumes for Local Storage..................................................................................................................38340 - Protection of Program Codes 380-389................................................................................................38341 - Display Units ......................................................................................................................................38342 - Corrected Delivery Display .................................................................................................................39343 - Display Resolution..............................................................................................................................39344 - Proving Modes ...................................................................................................................................39345 - Proving Output ...................................................................................................................................40346 - Proving Output Units ..........................................................................................................................40347 - Recipes Per Transaction ....................................................................................................................40348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage) ............................................................................................................40349 - Blend Tolerance (Volume) ..................................................................................................................41350 - Combinated Pulse Output...................................................................................................................41351 - Combinated Pulse Output Resolution .................................................................................................41353 - Resolution of Volumetric Totals on Printed Report ..............................................................................42354 - Number of Batches per Transaction....................................................................................................42390 - Input Pulse Type ................................................................................................................................42

400 - System Temperature and Density Directory ...........................................................................................42440 - Protection of Program Codes 480-489................................................................................................42441 - Temperature Units..............................................................................................................................43442 - Reference Temperature......................................................................................................................43443 - Density Units ......................................................................................................................................43444 - Volume/Mass Conversion...................................................................................................................44445 - Mass Units .........................................................................................................................................44

500 - System Pressure Directory ....................................................................................................................44540 - Protection of Program Codes 580-589................................................................................................44541 - Pressure Units....................................................................................................................................44

600 - System Read Only Directory..................................................................................................................45601 - Injector 1 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................45602 - Injector 2 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................45603 - Injector 3 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................45604 - Injector 4 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................45605 - Injector 5 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................45606 - Injector 6 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................45607 - Injector 7 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................46608 - Injector 8 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................46609 - Local Storage Transactions ................................................................................................................46640 - Protection of Program Codes 680-689................................................................................................46

700 - System Communication Directory ..........................................................................................................47701 - EIA-232 Communication Type ............................................................................................................47702 - EIA-232 Communication Control.........................................................................................................47703 - EIA-232 Baud Rate.............................................................................................................................51

Page 4: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Table of Contents

iii

704 - EIA-232 Data Format..........................................................................................................................51705 - EIA-485 Communication Type ............................................................................................................51706 - EIA-485 Communication Control.........................................................................................................52707 - EIA-485 Baud Rate.............................................................................................................................52708 - EIA-485 Data Format..........................................................................................................................53709 - Communication Address.....................................................................................................................53710, 711, 712, 713, 714 - Printer Output Messages.....................................................................................53715, 716, 717, 718, 719 - Prompt Messages ...............................................................................................53720 - Meter ID .............................................................................................................................................54721 - Print Summary ...................................................................................................................................54722 - Print Volumes.....................................................................................................................................54723 - Report Summary HM Classification ....................................................................................................55724 - Delivery Report Display ......................................................................................................................55740 - Protection of Program Codes 780-789................................................................................................61741 - Communication Link Programming .....................................................................................................61742 - Communications Time-out ..................................................................................................................61743 - Communications Alarm Mode.............................................................................................................62744 - Prompt Time-out.................................................................................................................................62745, 746, 747, 748, 749 - Prompts Data Entry Length and Display Type......................................................63750 - Start Key Enable/Disable....................................................................................................................63751 - Shared Printer Out Alarm ...................................................................................................................63752 - Shared Printer Out Timer....................................................................................................................64753 - EIA-232 Printer Security .....................................................................................................................64754 - EIA-485 Printer Security .....................................................................................................................65755 - Shared Printer Security Alarm ............................................................................................................66756 - Volumes to be Printed ........................................................................................................................67757 - Load Parameters to be Printed ...........................................................................................................67758 - Additive Volumes to be Printed...........................................................................................................67759 - Configure Delivery Report...................................................................................................................67780 - Number of Prompts ............................................................................................................................83781 - Print Transaction ................................................................................................................................83782 - Prompts Printed..................................................................................................................................83790 - High-Security Communications Programming .....................................................................................83

800 - System Input/Output Directory ...............................................................................................................84801 - Additive Injector Stop Option ..............................................................................................................84802 - Additive Injector Stop Volume.............................................................................................................84803 - Additive Injector Output ......................................................................................................................84804 - Manual/Auto Additive Injector Selection ..............................................................................................85805 - Restart After Valve Power Sense Restored ........................................................................................85806 - Valve Power Sense Permissive Message ...........................................................................................85807 - Permissive Sense #1..........................................................................................................................85808 - Permissive Sense #1 Message...........................................................................................................86809 - Restart After Permissive #1 Met .........................................................................................................86810 - Transaction Start Message.................................................................................................................87811 - Permissive Sense #2..........................................................................................................................87812 - Permissive Sense #2 Message...........................................................................................................88813 - Restart After Permissive #2 Met .........................................................................................................88814, 815, 816, 817, 818, 819, 820, 821 - Additive Injector 1-8 Messages.....................................................88840 - Protection of Program Codes 880-889................................................................................................88841, 843, 845, 847, 849, 851, 853, 855 - Additive Injector Feedback ...........................................................89842, 844, 846, 848, 850, 852, 854, 856 - Additive Injector Volume per Cycle ...............................................89857 - Injector Units ......................................................................................................................................90858 - Additive Injector Conversion Factor ....................................................................................................90859 - Additive Injector Feedback Errors .......................................................................................................90

Page 5: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Table of Contents

iv

860, 861, 862, 863, 864, 865, 866, 867 - Injector Feedback Delay...............................................................90868, 870, 872, 874 - 4-20 Channels 1 through 4 - Minimum Setting .............................................................91869, 871, 873, 875 - 4-20 Channels 1 through 4 - Maximum Setting ............................................................91

900 - System Diagnostic Directory ..................................................................................................................91Power-Up Diagnostics .................................................................................................................................91Keypad Selectable Diagnostics....................................................................................................................92901 - Display Test .......................................................................................................................................92902 - Keypad Test .......................................................................................................................................92903 - RTD Test............................................................................................................................................93904 - 4-20 mA Channel 1 & 3 ......................................................................................................................93905 - 4-20 mA Channel 2 & 4 ......................................................................................................................94906 - Internal Temperature ..........................................................................................................................94907 - Power Supply Test .............................................................................................................................94908 - CRC Display.......................................................................................................................................94909 - AccuLoad II Model Number ................................................................................................................95910 - ACM Model Number ...........................................................................................................................95911 - System Messages ..............................................................................................................................96912 - Calibration Event Counter...................................................................................................................96913 - Configuration Event Counter...............................................................................................................96940 - Protection of Program Codes 980-989................................................................................................97Keypad Selectable Diagnostics Using Test Equipment ................................................................................97941 - Communication Test - EIA-232 - No Echo Back..................................................................................97942 - Communication Test - RS-232 - With Echo.........................................................................................97943 - Communication Test - EIA-485 - No Echo Back..................................................................................98944 - Communication Test - EIA-485 - With Echo........................................................................................98945 - Meter Pulse Test 1 (Active) ................................................................................................................99946 - Meter Pulse Test 1 (Contact)..............................................................................................................99947 - Meter Pulse Test 2 (Active) ................................................................................................................99948 - Meter Pulse Test 2 (Contact)..............................................................................................................99949 - Meter Pulse Test 3 (Active) .............................................................................................................. 100950 - Meter Pulse Test 3 (Contact)............................................................................................................ 100951 - Meter Pulse Test 4 (Active) .............................................................................................................. 100952 - Meter Pulse Test 4 (Contact)............................................................................................................ 100953 - Contact Input Test ............................................................................................................................101954, 955, 956, 957 - High-Speed Prover Test Products 1-4 ....................................................................... 101958, 959, 960, 961 - Pulse 1-4 Output Test ...............................................................................................101962 - Clear Local Storage.......................................................................................................................... 102963 - Contact Output Test ......................................................................................................................... 102964 - Clear Configurable Report ................................................................................................................ 102High-Security Diagnostics.......................................................................................................................... 103991 - Relay Cycle Test ..............................................................................................................................103992 - RAM Test ......................................................................................................................................... 103993 - Power-up Diagnostics....................................................................................................................... 104994 - Zero Non-resettable Totals ............................................................................................................... 105995 - Initialize ............................................................................................................................................ 105996 - Watchdog......................................................................................................................................... 106997 - Relay Select Test #1 ........................................................................................................................ 106998 - Relay Select Test #2 ........................................................................................................................ 107999 - Programs EEPROM/Default Parameters .......................................................................................... 107

Section III - Product Directory...........................................................................................................................108100 - Product General Purpose Directory...................................................................................................... 108

140 - Protection of Program Codes 180-189..............................................................................................108141 - Product Selection .............................................................................................................................108180 - Product Message .............................................................................................................................108

Page 6: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Table of Contents

v

200 - Product Flow Control Directory............................................................................................................. 109201 - Excess Flow Rate.............................................................................................................................109202 - Overrun Alarm Limit.......................................................................................................................... 109203 - Minimum Flow Rate.......................................................................................................................... 109204 - High Flow Rate................................................................................................................................. 109205 - Flow Tolerance................................................................................................................................. 109206 - Zero Flow Alarm Timer ..................................................................................................................... 110207 - First Trip Volume..............................................................................................................................110208 - Final (Second) Trip Volume .............................................................................................................. 110209 - Final (Second) Trip Auto Adjust ........................................................................................................ 110210 - Low Flow Alarm Limit ....................................................................................................................... 110211 - PT/VF Time Delay ............................................................................................................................111240 - Protection of Program Codes 280-289..............................................................................................111241 - Flow Control Valve Security.............................................................................................................. 111280 - Flow Adjustment Tolerance .............................................................................................................. 111281 - Flow Adjustment Timer..................................................................................................................... 112

300 - Volume Accuracy Directory .................................................................................................................. 112301 - Minimum Batch Volume.................................................................................................................... 112340 - Protection of Program Codes 380-389..............................................................................................112341, 343, 345, 347 - Flow Rates................................................................................................................ 112342, 344, 346, 348 - Meter Factors............................................................................................................ 113349 - Meter Factor % Change/Degree ....................................................................................................... 113351 - Pulse Output .................................................................................................................................... 114352 - Pulse Output Resolution ................................................................................................................... 114353 - Input Resolution ...............................................................................................................................114354 - Dual Pulse Error Count..................................................................................................................... 114355 - Dual Pulse Error Reset ..................................................................................................................... 115356 - Dual Pulse Flow Rate Cutoff............................................................................................................. 115390 - Master Meter Factor ......................................................................................................................... 115391 - Linearized Factor Deviation .............................................................................................................. 116392 - Meter Factor Variation ...................................................................................................................... 116393 - Transmitter Type ..............................................................................................................................116

400 - Temperature and Density Directory...................................................................................................... 116440 - Protection of Program Codes 480-489..............................................................................................116441 - API Table & Product......................................................................................................................... 117442 - Reference Density ............................................................................................................................117443 - Low Temperature Alarm ................................................................................................................... 118444 - High Temperature Alarm .................................................................................................................. 118445 - Maintenance Temperature................................................................................................................ 119446 - Temperature Probe Offset ................................................................................................................ 119447 - Low Density Alarm............................................................................................................................119448 - High Density Alarm...........................................................................................................................119

500 - Pressure Directory ...............................................................................................................................120501 - Minimum Back Pressure Flow Rate Setting ...................................................................................... 120502 - Differential Pressure ......................................................................................................................... 120503 - Minimum Back Pressure Flow Rate Timer Setting ............................................................................ 120504 - Back Pressure Reduction ................................................................................................................. 121505 - Low Pressure Alarm ......................................................................................................................... 121506 - High Pressure Alarm ........................................................................................................................ 121540 - Protection of Program Codes 580-589..............................................................................................121541 - Compressibility Factor ...................................................................................................................... 122542 - Vapor Pressure Calculation .............................................................................................................. 122543, 545, 547 - Product Vapor Pressure.................................................................................................... 122

Page 7: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Table of Contents

vi

544, 546, 548 - Product Vapor Pressure Temperature............................................................................... 122549 - Maintenance Pressure...................................................................................................................... 123

600 - Read Only Directory.............................................................................................................................123601 - Raw Non-resettable Volume ............................................................................................................. 123602 - Gross Non-resettable Volume........................................................................................................... 123603 - Gross @ Standard Temp. Non-resettable Volume ............................................................................ 123604 - Net Non-resettable Volume............................................................................................................... 124605 - Mass Non-resettable Totals .............................................................................................................. 124606 - Load Average Temperature .............................................................................................................. 124607 - Load Average Pressure .................................................................................................................... 124608 - Load Average Density ...................................................................................................................... 124609 - Load Average Meter Factor .............................................................................................................. 124640 - Protection of Program Codes 680-689..............................................................................................124

700 - Communications Directory ................................................................................................................... 125701, 702, 703, 704 - HM Classification ...................................................................................................... 125740 - Protection of Program Codes 780-789..............................................................................................125

800 - Inputs & Outputs Directory ................................................................................................................... 125840 - Protection of Program Codes 880-889..............................................................................................125

900 - Diagnostics Directory ...........................................................................................................................126940 - Protection of Program Codes 980-989..............................................................................................126

Section IV - Recipe Directory............................................................................................................................127__01 - Blend Recipe .................................................................................................................................. 127__02 - Blend Recipe Name........................................................................................................................ 127__03 - Recipe Raw Non-resettable Volume ...............................................................................................127__04 - Recipe Gross Non-resettable Volume.............................................................................................127__05 - Recipe Gross at Standard Temp. Non-resettable Volume ...............................................................127__06 - Recipe Net Non-resettable Volume................................................................................................. 127__07 - Recipe Mass Non-resettable Total .................................................................................................. 128__08 - HM Classification............................................................................................................................128__09 - Minimum Preset .............................................................................................................................128__10 - Product #1's High, 2nd High and Low Flow Rates........................................................................... 129__11 - Product #2's High 2nd High and Low Flow Rates............................................................................ 129__12 - Product #3's High 2nd High and Low Flow Rates............................................................................ 129__13 - Product #4's High 2nd High and Low Flow Rates............................................................................ 129__40 - Protection of Program Codes __80-__89 ........................................................................................ 129__41 - Preset Display ................................................................................................................................130__42 - Deliver Display................................................................................................................................130__43,__44,__45,__46 - Product Percentage..............................................................................................130__47, __48, __49, __50, __51, __52, __53, __54 -Product Using This Injector (On/Off) ............................131__55 - Recipe Correction Factor ................................................................................................................ 131__80 - Clean Line Deduct .......................................................................................................................... 131__81, __82, __83, __84, __85, __86, __87, __88 - Additive Injector Pulsers.............................................. 132

Section V - Appendix........................................................................................................................................ 133Appendix I .................................................................................................................................................... 133

System Configuration Description.............................................................................................................. 133Appendix II ................................................................................................................................................... 135

Meter Factor Linearization Calculations ..................................................................................................... 136Meter Factor Adjustment Features ............................................................................................................ 138

Appendix III .................................................................................................................................................. 139Volume Calculations for Gross .................................................................................................................. 139Volume Calculations for Gross @ Standard Temperature.......................................................................... 139Volume Calculations For Net ..................................................................................................................... 146Pressure correction factor calculation options ............................................................................................147Volume Calculations For Mass .................................................................................................................. 151

Page 8: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Table of Contents

vii

Appendix IV .................................................................................................................................................. 153Load Average Values ................................................................................................................................153

Appendix 5.................................................................................................................................................... 154Pressure Control Operation And Options................................................................................................... 154

Appendix VI - Load Ticket .............................................................................................................................158Section VI - Index............................................................................................................................................. 162Section VII - Related Publications..................................................................................................................... 163

Page 9: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section I - Introduction

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 1

Product Description

The Smith AccuLoad II-RBU is a microprocessorbased electronic instrument/in-line blender deliverysystem designed to simultaneously control theblending and loading of up to four petroleum orchemical products through one load arm.

The AccuLoad II is designed to provide dependableservice over a wide range of operating conditions. Itis easy to operate and maintain, provides optimummeasurement accuracy, displays current operatingconditions, is easy to communicate with, and per-forms many loading system control functions.

Ease of operation and service permits rapid trainingof operators and service personnel. All entries intoAccuLoad II are made quickly and easily through therugged external keypad. Every keystroke is moni-tored and assistance is provided by auto promptingdisplays. Built in "Help Messages" provide valuableinformation to aid in the programming of the instru-ment without resorting to a thick manual. Service issimplified with self-diagnostics that show parametersin need of adjustment or hardware that is malfunc-tioning.

Optimum measurement accuracy is attained throughthe continuous linearization of the meter factor withchanges in flow rates. The AccuLoad II is also capa-ble of maintaining back pressure on the measure-ment system using either automatic flow optimizationor a pressure transmitter. Volumetric correction iscalculated directly from published API equations pro-viding precise volumetric measurement results. Pre-cise temperature, pressure compensation, and den-sity correction are options that are available in the in-strument.

The dynamic real time display of the current actualoperating conditions of the system provides the op-erator with valuable system information while thesystem is operating. Also available through the dy-namic display are the non-resettable totals for eachposition. Some of the information that is availablethrough the dynamic display is as follows:

• Current Time and Date• Current System & Product Flow Rate (units/min.)• Current System & Product Flow Rate (units/hour)• Current Temperature• Current API• Reference Density• Relative Density at Reference

• Current Pressure and Vapor Pressure• Current Meter Factor• Current CTL• Current CPL• Current Density• Current Raw Transaction Volumes• Current Gross Transaction Volumes• Current Gross at Standard Temperature

Transaction Volumes• Current Net Transaction Volumes• Current Mass Transaction Volumes• Additive Injector 1 Transaction Volumes• Additive Injector 2 Transaction Volumes• Additive Injector 3 Transaction Volumes• Additive Injector 4 Transaction Volumes• Additive Injector 5 Transaction Volumes• Additive Injector 6 Transaction Volumes• Additive Injector 7 Transaction Volumes• Additive Injector 8 Transaction Volumes• Current Valve Status & Commanded Position• Load Average Temperature• Load Average Pressure• Load Average Density• Load Average Meter Factor• Raw Non-resettable Volumes• Gross Non-resettable Volumes• Gross at Standard Temperature Non-resettable Volumes• Net Non-resettable Volumes• Mass Non-resettable Totals• Additive Injector 1 Non-resettable Volumes• Additive Injector 2 Non-resettable Volumes• Additive Injector 3 Non-resettable Volumes• Additive Injector 4 Non-resettable Volumes• Additive Injector 5 Non-resettable Volumes• Additive Injector 6 Non-resettable Volumes• Additive Injector 7 Non-resettable Volumes• Additive Injector 8 Non-resettable Volumes• Input Module Status• Additive Injector 1 Pulse Rate• Additive Injector 2 Pulse Rate• Additive Injector 3 Pulse Rate• Additive Injector 4 Pulse Rate• Additive Injector 5 Pulse Rate• Additive Injector 6 Pulse Rate• Additive Injector 7 Pulse Rate• Additive Injector 8 Pulse Rate• Current Blend Ratio per Product• Last Power Failure - Time and Date

Page 10: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section I - Introduction

2 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Significant communication capability is available fromthe standard AccuLoad II. The instrument is pro-grammable for Polling, Polling and Authorization orcomplete Remote Control via communications. TheEIA-232 communication port can be used to multi-drop up to 16 AccuLoad IIs to an ASCII printer forprinting load tickets or it can be used to network up to16 AccuLoad IIs to an automation system. Alsoavailable is an additional communication port that isEIA-485 interfacable. When used with a smartprinter; one that will signal when it is out of paper,cover is open etc., the AccuLoad II can alarm anddisplay the reason for the printer not working. The"speak when spoken to" protocol of AccuLoad II ismodeled after the ISO Standard 1155. This allowsquick access by an automation computer for opera-tional and transaction information. The AccuLoad IIalso has a built-in communication analyzer to aid inthe development and troubleshooting of communica-tions. For additional information on the AccuLoad IIcommunications, see the Communications Manual(Bulletin MN06069L).

The AccuLoad II Ratio Blender provides severalloading system control functions: Additive Injection,Additive Pump, Pump Control, Alarm Control, SetStop, Valve Control, Back Pressure Control,Automatic Adjustment of Final Trip Point.

• Up to eight different additive injectors can be si-multaneously paced.

• The AccuLoad II will monitor and totalize the vol-ume of additive injected by up to eight of the ad-ditive injectors if the Additive Monitoring option ispurchased.

• A contact is available to stop a pump or otherelectrically operated equipment as well as a pro-gram code that will set the time delay of thatstop.

• A programmable Alarm Contact is available. Itcan be closed on a Valve Fault, on any alarm ornot at all depending on how it is programmed.

• The AccuLoad II contains the intelligence to con-trol a Smith Model 210 or 215 Digital ControlValve which will provide low flow start and multi-stage shut-down.

• AccuLoad II contains the intelligence to auto-matically reduce the flow of product and ensurethe flow is within the pumping capabilities of thesystem.

• AccuLoad II, if so programmed, will automaticallyadjust the final trip point of the batch (Preset).

Critical functions such as: minimum flow rate, excessflow rate, temperature detection, preset volume over-run and memory retention are monitored by internalcircuits. Any failure will signal closure of the valve.Should the valve fail to close within 10 seconds afterhaving been signalled, a contact is closed. This canbe wired through external relays to shut off the pumpand/or kill power circuits.

Environmental fluctuations within specified limitshave virtually no effect on the operation of this controlsystem. AccuLoad II is available in an explosion-proof housing for hazardous locations and a non-explosion- proof housing for non-hazardous loca-tions. (See Bulletin SS06017 for Specifications.)

How To Use This Manual

This manual is to be used as a guide for AccuLoad II-RBU firmware.

This manual is divided into seven sections: Introduc-tion, System Directory, Product Directory, Recipe Di-rectory, Appendices, Index and Related Publications.

"System Directory" describes the codes that are as-sociated with the System Operation and can beviewed/changed in the Systems Directory.

"Product Directory" describes the codes that are as-sociated with the individual products and that can beviewed/changed in the Product Directories.

"Recipe Directory" describes the codes that are as-sociated with the individual recipes and that can beviewed/changed in the Recipe Directories.

The "Appendix" is divided into six parts and is pro-vided as a reference for system configuration, metercalibration, volume calculations, load average values,pressure control operation and the product receiptticket. The appendix goes into detail on how thesesubjects are handled in the AccuLoad II-RBU.

The "Index" is provided to aid the user to easily lo-cate the topic or program code that he is looking for.

"Related Publications" is provided as a reference toadditional literature that is available for the AccuLoadII-RBU as well as associated products.

Page 11: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section I - Introduction

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 3

The examples presented in this manual are for clarityand your convenience. The values might vary foryour particular installation and/or operation.

Before Beginning Operations

Before actual operations begin, it is essential thatvalid entries are made for all program codes. To as-sist in programming the AccuLoad II-RBU, a Pro-gramming Workbook (Bulletin AB06034) is availablefor recording the values entered in the program foreach preset position. Access to the program codesis limited to authorized personnel by use of a securitycode and two contact closures. The first contact clo-sure will allow the operator to view all program codesand change the program codes that have a seconddigit of zero through three. The second contact clo-sure is required to change the program codes thathave a second digit of four through seven. This addi-tional security is for Weights & Measures purposes.A program code with the second digit of eight will beprogrammable in either the Program or Weights andMeasures protection mode (selectable by program-mer). Any program code with a second digit of ninehas a special high-security protection. This requiresthe second contact closure and an external jumper tobe attached to test points 9 and 10 on the computerboard.

The AccuLoad II contains two side by side one lineby 24 character, 5X7 dot matrix vacuum fluorescentdisplays. When powered on, both displays will illumi-nate. The left-hand display will show if the status ofthe internal memories (Ram, Data, ROMs) are goodor bad. Then it will show that the instrument is beinginitialized. The right-hand display will display themessage "PLEASE STANDBY". After the testing iscomplete and the instrument is initialized, both dis-plays will read as follows before the Ready Modemessage is programmed in the instrument:

Smith 1:10:31

Right-hand display:

AccuLoad II - RBU

Be sure that AccuLoad II is functioning properly andthat the operator has read and understands theinstructions contained in this manual.

Page 12: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

4 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

000 - Configuration Directory

All configuration codes are high-security.

001 - Number of Pr oductsThis one digit entry is used to configure the numberof products that will be delivered through this loadingposition. The number may vary from one to fourproducts. A selection of one product will indicate asingle preset configuration and a two to four will rep-resent a multi-product configuration.

1 - One Product2 - Two Products3 - Three Products4 - Four Products

001 1 Product Delivery

Help Message

Select the amount of products to be delivered.

Warning

Critical: Products must be selected in the configura-tion if they are to be enabled.

Critical: For 4 product delivery, relays 1, 2, 7, and 8must be set to No Assignment.

Critical: For 3 product delivery, relays 1 and 2 mustbe set to No Assignment.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

002 - Number of Additive InjectorsThis one digit entry selects the number of additiveinjectors to be configured in the system.

0 - No Additive Injectors1 - One Additive Injector2 - Two Additive Injectors3 - Three Additive Injectors4 - Four Additive Injectors5 - Five Additive Injectors6 - Six Additive Injectors7 - Seven Additive Injectors8 - Eight Additive Injectors

002 4 Additive Injectors

Help Message

Select the number of additive injectors to be config-ured.

Warning

Critical: Not enough additives assigned for the num-ber of additives used.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

003, 004, 009, 010 - A/C Output RelayAssignmentsThese two digit entries are used to configure A/Coutput relays 1, 2, 7 and 8 in the AccuLoad II.

00 - No Assignment (N/A)01 - Additive Relay 1 (ADD1)02 - Additive Relay 2(ADD2)03 - Additive Relay 3(ADD3)04 - Additive Relay 4(ADD4)05 - Additive Relay 5(ADD5)06 - Additive Relay 6(ADD6)07 - Additive Relay 7(ADD7)08 - Additive Relay 8(ADD8)09 - Additive Pump 1(ADP1)10 - Additive Pump 2(ADP2)11 - Additive Pump 3(ADP3)12 - Additive Pump 4(ADP4)13 - Additive Pump 5(ADP5)14 - Additive Pump 6(ADP6)15 - Additive Pump 7(ADP7)16 - Additive Pump 8(ADP8)17 - Alarm Relay(ALR)

Note: When using three products Relay 1 and Relay 2 must beprogrammed "00" (No Assignment) and when using four productsRelays 1, 2, 7 and 8 must be programmed "00" (No Assignment).These relays will then be used to control the operation of the controlvalves for products three and four.

003 00 A/C 1 Out = N/A

Help Message:

Select the assignment for this A/C output relay.

Page 13: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 5

Warning:

Critical: Duplicate configuration assignments are notallowed.

Critical: For 3 or 4 product delivery, relays 1 and 2must be set to No Assignment.

Critical: For 4 product delivery, relays 7 and 8 mustbe set to No Assignment.

Fatal Warning:

Fatal: Product pumps may only be assigned to re-lays 5, 6, 11 or 12.

Fatal: General relays may only be assigned to relays3, 4, 9 or 10.

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

005, 006, 011, 012 - A/C Output RelayAssignmentsThese two digit entries are used to configure A/Coutput relays 3, 4, 9 and 10 in the AccuLoad II.

00 - No Assignment (N/A )01 - Additive Relay 1 (ADD1)02 - Additive Relay 2 (ADD2)03 - Additive Relay 3 (ADD3)04 - Additive Relay 4 (ADD4)05 - Additive Relay 5 (ADD5)06 - Additive Relay 6 (ADD6)07 - Additive Relay 7 (ADD7)08 - Additive Relay 8 (ADD8)09 - Additive Pump 1 (ADP1)10 - Additive Pump 2 (ADP2)11 - Additive Pump 3 (ADP3)12 - Additive Pump 4 (ADP4)13 - Additive Pump 5 (ADP5)14 - Additive Pump 6 (ADP6)15 - Additive Pump 7 (ADP7)16 - Additive Pump 8 (ADP8)17 - Alarm Relay (ALR )22 - General Relay (GEN )

005 10 A/C 3 Out = ADP2

Help Message

Select the assignment of this A/C relay.

Warning:

Critical: Duplicate configuration assignments are notallowed.

Fatal Warning:

Fatal: Product pumps may only be assigned to re-lays 5, 6, 11, or 12.

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

007, 008, 013, 014 - A/C Output RelayAssignmentsThese two digit entries are used to configure A/Coutput relays 5, 6, 11 and 12 in the AccuLoad II.

00 - No Assignment(N/A )01 - Additive Relay 1(ADD1)02 - Additive Relay 2 (ADD2)03 - Additive Relay 3 (ADD3)04 - Additive Relay 4 (ADD4)05 - Additive Relay 5 (ADD5)06 - Additive Relay 6 (ADD6)07 - Additive Relay 7 (ADD7)08 - Additive Relay 8 (ADD8)09 - Additive Pump 1 (ADP1)10 - Additive Pump 2 (ADP2)11 - Additive Pump 3 (ADP3)12 - Additive Pump 4 (ADP4)13 - Additive Pump 5 (ADP5)14 - Additive Pump 6 (ADP6)15 - Additive Pump 7 (ADP7)16 - Additive Pump 8 (ADP8)17 - Alarm Relay (ALR )18 - Pump - Product 1 (PMP1)19 - Pump - Product 2 (PMP2)20 - Pump - Product 3 (PMP3)21 - Pump - Product 4 (PMP4)

007 07 A/C 5 Out = ADD7

Help Message

Select the assignment for this A/C output relay.

Warning

Critical: Duplicate configuration assignments are notallowed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: General relays may only be assigned to relays3, 4, 9, or 10.

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 14: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

6 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

015, 016, 017, 018 - D/C Output RelayAssignmentsThese two digit entries are used to configure the D/Coutput relays in the AccuLoad II. If pulse output isselected for program code 015, the pulse output willbe for product 1. If pulse output is selected for pro-gram code 016, the pulse output will be for product 2,017 is for product 3 pulse output, and 018 is forproduct 4 pulse output.

00 - No Assignment (N/A )01 - Additive Relay 1 (ADD1)02 - Additive Relay 2 (ADD2)03 - Additive Relay 3 (ADD3)04 - Additive Relay 4 (ADD4)05 - Additive Relay 5 (ADD5)06 - Additive Relay 6 (ADD6)07 - Additive Relay 7 (ADD7)08 - Additive Relay 8 (ADD8)09 - Pulse Output (POT1)

015 06 D/C 1 Out = ADD6

Help Message

Select the assignment for this D/C output relay.

Warning

Critical: Duplicate configuration assignments are notallowed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Note: Code 017 and 018 are only available for use as an output ifthe Quad OPV option has been purchased with the AccuLoad II.

019, 020, 021, 022, 023, 024, 025, 026, 027,028, 029, 030 - A/C Input AssignmentsThese two digit codes are used to configure A/C in-put assignments 1 through 12 in the AccuLoad II.

00 - No Assignment (N/A )01 - Additive Feedback 1 (AFB1)02 - Additive Feedback 2 (AFB2)03 - Additive Feedback 3 (AFB3)04 - Additive Feedback 4 (AFB4)05 - Additive Feedback 5 (AFB5)06 - Additive Feedback 6 (AFB6)07 - Additive Feedback 7 (AFB7)08 - Additive Feedback 8 (AFB8)09 - First/Second High Flow (FSC )10 - Printer Tray Switch (PTS )11 - Permissive 1 Contact (PRC1)12 - Permissive 2 Contact (PRC2)13 - Valve Power (VPW )14 - Valve Stem - Product 1 (VST1)15 - Valve Stem - Product 2 (VST2)16 - Valve Stem - Product 3 (VST3)17 - Valve Stem - Product 4 VST4)

Note:

1. Remote ’START’ requires AC input 4 or 10 (code 022 or 028) tobe programmed "11" (Permissive 1 Contact), code 807programmed "5" (Remote Start) and jumpers must be installedas shown in the Installation Manual (MN06064).

2. Remote ’STOP’ requires AC input 5 (code 23) to beprogrammed "12" (Permissive 2 Contact), code 811programmed "5" (Remote Stop) and jumpers must be installedas shown in the Installation Manual (MN06064).

019 06 A/C 1 in = ABF6

Help Message

Select the assignment for this A/C input relay.

Warning

Critical: Duplicate configuration assignments are notallowed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 15: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 7

031, 032 - RTD AssignmentsThese one digit entries are used to configure the tworesistance temperature detectors (RTDs) in the unit.

0 - RTD not used1 - Product 12 - Product 23 - Product 34 - Product 4

031 2 RTD 1 -> Product 2

Help Message

Select the product assignment for this RTD.

Warning

Critical: Duplicate configuration assignments are notallowed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

033, 034, 035, 036 - 4-20 mA ChannelAssignmentsThese two digit entries are used to configure the four4-20 mA input channels to a product and to a func-tion. The first digit represents the product that thechannel is being configured to and the second digitrepresents the function that the channel is being con-figured to.

First digit:0 - Channel not used1 - Product 12 - Product 23 - Product 34 - Product 4

Second digit:0 - Channel not used1 - Temperature2 - Pressure3 - Density

033 31 4-20 #1 = P3 Temp

Help Message

Select the product and function assignment for this 4-20 mA channel.

Warning

Critical: Duplicate configuration assignments are notallowed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

037, 038, 039, 040, 041, 042, 043, 044 -Additive Injection PlumbingThese four digit entries define the products that theadditive injector is plumbed into. Each digit repre-sents one of the four products that can be pro-grammed in the unit. A zero in the digit indicates thatthe additive injector will not be plumbed into thatproduct and a one indicates that the additive injectorwill be plumbed into that product. If an entry of allzeros is made and the additive injector output is pro-grammed for use, the injector will be considered tobe plumbed into the loading arm downstream of themetering system. These codes represent additive in-jector outputs 1 through 8 respectively. The assign-ment of the digits are as follows:

Digit Product1st Product #12nd Product #23rd Product #34th Product #4

037 Inj 1 Plumbing 1001

This display indicates that additive injector outputnumber 1 is plumbed into products one and four.

Help Message

Enter the products that this injector output is plumbedinto.

Warning

Critical: The product selected is not currently config-ured.

Page 16: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

8 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

090 - Program ConfigurationThis one digit code provides the operator with the

means to automatically set up the input and outputconfiguration of this unit simply by entering the num-ber of products that will be blended through this unit.See the table below for the default configuration ofthe inputs and outputs.

1st Product #12nd Product #23rd Product #34th Product #4

Display will read:

090 Program Configure

1. Enter number of products being blended:

090 Program Configure 2

2. Press ’ENTER’:

090 ** STORING DATA**

3. Display will revert to:

090 Program Configure

when the configuration is complete.

Help Message

Enter the number of products to be configured.Pressing ’ENTER’ will program the AccuLoad II to atypical I/O configuration.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 17: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 9

DEFAULT CONFIGURATION

Input/Output AssociatedCode

1 Product 2 Products 3 Products 4 Products

A/C Output 1 003 ADD1 01 ADD1 01 N/A 00 N/A 00

A/C Output 2 004 ADD2 02 ADD2 02 N/A 00 N/A 00

A/C Output 3 005 ADD5 05 ADD5 05 ADD1 01 ADD1 01

A/C Output 4 006 ADD6 06 ADD6 06 ADD2 02 ADD2 02

A/C Output 5 007 ALRM 17 ALRM 17 PMP3 20 PMP3 20

A/C Output 6 008 PMP1 18 PMP1 18 PMP1 18 PMP1 18

A/C Output 7 009 ADD3 03 ADD3 03 N/A 00 N/A 00

A/C Output 8 010 ADD4 04 ADD4 04 N/A 00 N/A 00

A/C Output 9 011 ADD7 07 ADD7 07 ADD3 03 ADD3 03

A/C Output 10 012 ADD 8 08 ADD8 08 ADD4 04 ADD4 04

A/C Output 11 013 N/A 00 N/A 00 ALRM 17 PMP4 12

A/C Output 12 014 N/A 00 PMP2 19 PMP2 19 PMP2 19

D/C Output 1 015 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00

D/C Output 2 016 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00

D/C Output 3* 017 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00

D/C Output 4* 018 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00

A/C Input 1 019 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00

A/C Input 2 020 VST1 14 VST1 14 VST1 14 VST1 14

A/C Input 3 021 N/A 00 VST2 15 VST2 15 VST2 15

A/C Input 4 022 PRC1 11 PRC1 11 VST3 16 VST3 16

A/C Input 5 023 PRC2 12 PRC2 12 N/A 00 VST4 17

A/C Input 6 024 VLVP 13 VLVP 13 VLVP 13 VLVP 13

A/C Input 7 025 N/A 00 N/A 00 PRC1 11 PRC1 11

A/C Input 8 026 N/A 00 N/A 00 PRC2 12 PRC2 12

A/C Input 9 027 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00

A/C Input 10 028 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00

A/C Input 11 029 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00

A/C Input 12 030 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00

RTD Output 1 031 RTD1 1 RTD1 1 RTD1 1 RTD1 1

RTD Output 2 032 N/A 00 RTD2 2 RTD2 2 RTD2 2

4-20 mA 1 033 N/A 00 N/A 00 TMP3 31 TMP3 31

Page 18: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

10 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Input/Output AssociatedCode

1 Product 2 Products 3 Products 4 Products

4-20 mA 2 034 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00 TMP4 41

4-20 mA 3 035 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00

4-20 mA 4 036 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00 N/A 00

*Note: DC Output #3 & #4 requires that the Quad OPV option be installed in the AccuLoad II.

Inj1 Plumb 037 1000 1100 1110 1111

Inj2 Plumb 038 1000 1100 1110 1111

Inj3 Plumb 039 1000 1100 1110 1111

Inj4 Plumb 040 1000 1100 1110 1111

Inj5 Plumb 041 1000 1100 0000 0000

Inj6 Plumb 042 1000 1100 0000 0000

Inj7 Plumb 043 1000 1100 0000 0000

Inj8 Plumb 044 1000 1100 0000 0000

Page 19: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 11

091 - Print ConfigurationThis program code will display the current configura-tion of the inputs and outputs of the AccuLoad IIwhen requested.

091 Configuration Code

1. To display the current A/C & D/C output configu-ration, press ’ENTER’.

Outs OOH1MK-234J5L-9996

2. Press ’ENTER’ again to display the input configu-ration.

Inputs DEFG-1234-56AB

3. To print a configuration report press ’ENTER’again. A configuration report will be printed if aprinter is wired to the communication port of theAccuLoad II. An example of a configuration reportis shown on page 12.

The first group of twelve characters on the outputdisplay (read from left to right) will represent theconfiguration for A/C output relays 1 through 12respectively.

00 - Not Assigned (N/A )01 - Additive Relay 1 (ADD1)02 - Additive Relay 2 (ADD2)03 - Additive Relay 3 (ADD3)04 - Additive Relay 4 (ADD4)05 - Additive Relay 5 (ADD5)06 - Additive Relay 6 (ADD6)07 - Additive Relay 7 (ADD7)08 - Additive Relay 8 (ADD8)09 - Additive Pump 1 (ADP1)A - Additive Pump 2 (ADP2)B - Additive Pump 3 (ADP3)C - Additive Pump 4 (ADP4)D - Additive Pump 5 (ADP5)E - Additive Pump 6 (ADP6)F - Additive Pump 7 (ADP7)G - Additive Pump 8 (ADP8)H - Alarm Relay (ALR )J - General Purpose Relay (GEN )K - Pump - Product 1 (PMP1)L - Pump - Product 2 (PMP2)M - Pump - Product 3 (PMP3)N - Pump - Product 4 (PMP4)

The last group of four characters on the output dis-play (read from left to right) will represent the configu-ration for D/C outputs 1 through 4, respectively.

0 - Not Assigned (N/A )1 - Additive Relay 1 (ADD1)2 - Additive Relay 2 (ADD2)3 - Additive Relay 3 (ADD3)4 - Additive Relay 4 (ADD4)5 - Additive Relay 5 (ADD5)6 - Additive Relay 6 (ADD6)7 - Additive Relay 7 (ADD7)8 - Additive Relay 8 (ADD8)9 - Pulse Output (POT1)

The twelve characters on the input display (read fromleft to right) will represent the configuration for A/Cinputs 1 through 12 respectively.

0 - Not Assigned (N/A )1 - Additive Feedback 1 (AFB1)2 - Additive Feedback 2 (AFB2)3 - Additive Feedback 3 (AFB3)4 - Additive Feedback 4 (AFB4)5 - Additive Feedback 5 (AFB5)6 - Additive Feedback 6 (AFB6)7 - Additive Feedback 7 (AFB7)8 - Additive Feedback 8 (AFB8)9 - First/Second High Flow (FSC )A - Printer Tray Switch (PTS )B - Permissive 1 Contact (PRC1)C - Permissive 2 Contact (PRC2)D - Valve Power (VPW )E - Valve Stem - Product 1 (VST1)F - Valve Stem - Product 2 (VST2)G - Valve Stem - Product 3 (VST3)H - Valve Stem - Product 4 (VST4)

Help Message

The input and output configuration code. Press ’EN-TER’ to see the output code. Press ’ENTER’ again tosee the input code. Press ’ENTER’ again to print areport.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Communication line is busy.

Fatal: No comm line selected as a printer.

Page 20: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

12 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

AccuLoad II-RBU Configuration Report. dd-dd-dd tt:tt a

3 Product Delivery

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------I/O Device:Terminal Locations:Programmed Function-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------A/C Relay 1 : Terminals 89 and 90 : No AssignmentA/C Relay 2 : Terminals 91 and 92 : No AssignmentA/C Relay 3 : Terminals 93 and 94 : Alarm RelayA/C Relay 4 : Terminals 95 and 96 : Additive Relay 1A/C Relay 5 : Terminals 87 and 88 : Pump - Product 3A/C Relay 6 : Terminals 84 and 85 : Pump - Product 1A/C Relay 7 : Terminals 124 and 125 : Additive Relay 2A/C Relay 8 : Terminals 126 and 127 : Additive Relay 3A/C Relay 9 : Terminals 128 and 129 : Additive Relay 4A/C Relay 10 : Terminals 130 and 131 : General Purpose RelayA/C Relay 11 : Terminals 121 and 122 : Additive Relay 5A/C Relay 12 : Terminals 119 and 120 : Pump - Product 2

D/C Output 1 : Terminals + 9 and - 10 : Pulse Output Product 1D/C Output 2 : Terminals + 47 and - 10 : Pulse Output Product 2D/C Output 3 : Terminals + 57 and - 58 : Pulse Output Product 3D/C Output 4 : Terminals + 48 and - 58 : Additive Relay 6

A/C Input 1 : Terminals 98 and C 101 : Valve PowerA/C Input 2 : Terminals 99 and C 101 : Valve Stem Product 1A/C Input 3 : Terminals 100 and C 101 : Valve Stem Product 2A/C Input 4 : Terminals 103 and C 105 : Valve Stem Product 3A/C Input 5 : Terminals 104 and C 105 : Additive Feedback 1A/C Input 6 : Terminals 73 and C 74 : Additive Feedback 2A/C Input 7 : Terminals 106 and C 109 : Additive Feedback 3A/C Input 8 : Terminals 107 and C 109 : Additive Feedback 4A/C Input 9 : Terminals 108 and C 109 : Additive Feedback 5A/C Input 10 : Terminals 110 and C 112 : Additive Feedback 6A/C Input 11 : Terminals 111 and C 112 : Printer Tray SwitchA/C Input 12 : Terminals 75 and C 76 : Permissive Relay 1

RTD Channel 1 : Terminals 14, 15, 16, 17 : Temperature - Product 1RTD Channel 2 : Terminals 62, 63, 64, 65 : Temperature - Product 24-20 Channel 1 : Terminals + 19 and - 20 : Temperature - Product 34-20 Channel 2 : Terminals + 22 and - 23 : Pressure - Product 14-20 Channel 3 : Terminals + 67 and - 68 : Pressure - Product 24-20 Channel 4 : Terminals + 70 and - 71 : Pressure - Product 3

Legend

+ Positive Electrical Polarity- Negative Electrical PolarityC Common Electrical Connection

Page 21: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 13

100 - System General Purpose Directory

101 - System Alarm Check/ResetThis program code is used to check the alarm(s) re-lated to the System that have been triggered and toclear the alarm (after the fault has been corrected) toallow continued operation.

The following faults will cause the AccuLoad II toalarm and signal the valve(s) to close. Depending onhow program code 143 is programmed, the faultsmay energize the alarm relay.

Code : Fault

A2: Printer Cover Open - Indicates that the printercover is open on the printer that is wired to theEIA-232 port.

101 A2: Print Cover Open

A4: Printer Cover Open - Indicates that the printercover is open on the printer that is wired to theEIA-485 port.

101 A4: Print Cover Open

B2: Buffer Overf low - Indicates that the buffer is fullon the printer that is wired to the EIA-232 port.

101 B2: Buffer Overflow

B4: Buffer Overf low - Indicates that the buffer is fullon the printer that is wired to the EIA-485 port.

101 B4: Buffer Overflow

CL: Clean Line - Indicates that the clean line vol-ume delivered has underrun the clean line volumeprogrammed by at least the amount of the clean linealarm limit.

101 CL: Clean Line

CM: Communications - Indicates a failure on oneof the communication channels.

101 CM: Communications

DA: Diagnostic - The AccuLoad II contains 14types of diagnostic alarms. These alarms are as fol-lows:

EEPROM Error - When displayed, this indicates thatthe EEPROM failed.

101 DA: EEPROM XXXX Bad

XXXX = The address of the failed location.

RAM Error - When displayed, this indicates a RAMfailure.

101 DA: RAM XXXX Bad

ROM Error - When displayed, this indicates a ROMerror.

101 DA: ROM UXX Bad

Watchdog Al arm - Indicates an internal checkfeature has detected a possible operational problemin the microprocessor that may have affectedinformation stored in memory. A complete review ofall program codes stored in memory must be made toconfirm their correctness.

101 DA: Watchdog Alarm

Display Error - Indicates an error in data transmis-sion to the display.

101 DA: Display Error

Page 22: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

14 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Data Retention Error - When displayed, this indi-cates that RAM data retention may be faulty. Thistest is performed only on power-up.

101 DA: Data Retention

Display Download Required - Indicates a failure indownloading display firmware.

101 DA: Display Boot Req

Control Module - Indicates a communication failurewith the AccuLoad II control module (ACM).

101 DA: Control Module

Security Code Violation - Indicates the softwaresecurity code does not match the ACM security code.

101 DA: Security Code

Software Vers ion Mi smatch - Indicates that the Ac-cuLoad II firmware version does not match the ACMversion.

101 DA: Software Version

Internal Temperature Alarm - Indicates that thetemperature inside the AccuLoad II housing has ex-ceeded the limit for reliable operation.

101 DA: Internal Temp

Keypad Mismatch - Indicates that the keypad testhas detected an AccuLoad II keypad which has notbeen modified for RBU.

101 DA: Keypad Mismatch

Keypad Fa ilure - Indicates failure of the keypad teston power-up.

101 DA: Keypad Failure

Programm ing Error - Will alarm when an invalid en-try is made in the programming mode.

101 DA: Program Error XXX

D2: Printer Deselected - Indicates that the printer isoff-line for the EIA-232 port.

101 D2: Print Deselected

D4: Printer Deselected - Indicates that the printer isoff-line for the EIA-485 port.

101 D4: Print Deselected

E2: Printer Error - Indicates there is a printer erroron the printer that is wired to the EIA-232 port.

101 E2: Printer Error

E4: Printer Error - Indicates there is a printer erroron the printer that is wired to the EIA-485 port.

101 E4: Printer Error

F1: Injector 1 - Indicates that the additive #1 feed-back has exceeded the programmed number of er-rors.

101 F1: Add 1 Feedback

F2: Injector 2 - Indicates that the additive #2 feed-back has exceeded the programmed number of er-rors.

101 F2: Add 2 Feedback

F3: Injector 3 - Indicates that the additive #3 feed-back has exceeded the programmed number of er-rors.

101 F3: Add 3 Feedback

Page 23: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 15

F4: Injector 4 - Indicates that the additive #4 feed-back has exceeded the programmed number of er-rors.

101 F4: Add 4 Feedback

F5: Injector 5 - Indicates that the additive #5 feed-back has exceeded the programmed number of er-rors.

101 F5: Add 5 Feedback

F6: Injector 6 - Indicates that the additive #6 feed-back has exceeded the programmed number of er-rors.

101 F6: Add 6 Feedback

F7: Injector 7 - Indicates that the additive #7 feed-back has exceeded the programmed number of er-rors.

101 F7: Add 7 Feedback

F8: Injector 8 - Indicates that the additive #8 feed-back has exceeded the programmed number of er-rors.

101 F8: Add 8 Feedback

H2: Printer Hardware - Indicates that there is aprinter hardware failure on the printer that is wired tothe EIA-232 port.

101 H2: Printer Hardware

H4: Printer Hardware - Indicates that there is aprinter hardware failure on the printer that is wired tothe EIA-485 port.

101 H4: Printer Hardware

I2: Printer Not Responding - Indicates that theprinter wired to the EIA-232 port is not responding.

101 I2: Print Not Resp

I4: Printer Not Responding - Indicates that theprinter wired to the EIA-485 port is not responding.

101 I4: Print Not Resp

OA: Overrun - Indicates that the volume deliveredhas exceeded the preset amount by at least thenumber of units set in the overrun limit program code.

101 OA: Overrun Alarm

O2: Printer Paper Out - Indicates that the printerwired to the EIA-232 port is out of paper.

101 02: Print Paper Out

O4: Printer Paper Out - Indicates that the printerwired to the EIA-485 port is out of paper.

101 O4: Print Paper Out

PA: Power Failure Alarm - Indicates that either apower failure or a hardware reset has occurred.

101 PA: Power-fail Alarm

P2: Printer Communication - Indicates that there isa problem with the communications between theEIA-232 port and the printer.

101 P2: Printer Comm

Page 24: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

16 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

P4: Printer Communication - Indicates that there isa problem with the communications between theEIA-485 port and the printer.

101 P4: Printer Comm

SF: Storage Full Al arm - Indicates that the localstorage area is full. The operator must exit StandbyMode and/or clear stored standby transactions tocontinue.

101 SF: Storage Full

SP: Shared Printer Alarm - Indicates an output wasattempted to the shared printer, but was unsuccess-ful because the shared printer remained busy longerthan the programmed shared printer out alarm timer.

101 SP: Shared Printer

TK: Ticket Alarm - Indicates that a removal of theticket from the local ticket printer was tried during abatchloading. When the alarm is received, press"PRINT" to clear the transaction.

101 TK: Ticket Alarm

ZF: Indicates that the Zero Flow Timer has expiredand the AccuLoad has not detected any flow in thesystem.

101 ZF: Zero Flow Alarm

Note: These alarms apply to RBU-08 and above firmware.

If any alarms were present, press "ENTER" to cleareach alarm that appears. The clearing must berepeated until "No Alarms Present" appears on thedisplay.

Note: This action will clear the display, but if the fault is not cor-rected, the alarm will recur at the next operation.

101 No Alarms Present

Help MessageView the alarm status. Press enter to clear thealarm.

102, 103, 104, 105 - Product AlarmCheck/Reset These program codes are used to check the alarm(s)that have been triggered for the product and to clearthe alarm (after the fault has been corrected) to allowcontinued operation. The codes apply to the productsas follows:

Code 102 - Product 1Code 103 - Product 2Code 104 - Product 3Code 105 - Product 4

The following faults will cause the AccuLoad II toalarm and signal the valve(s) to close. Depending onhow program code 143 is programmed, the faultsmay energize the alarm relay.

Code : Fault

BH: Blend High - Indicates that an overflow on thisproduct has caused the blend tolerance to be ex-ceeded.

102 BH: Blend High

BL: Blend Low - Indicates that an underflow on thisproduct has caused the blend tolerance to be ex-ceeded.

102 BL: Blend Low

BP: Back Pressure - Indicates that the back pres-sure cannot be maintained for the minimum backpressure flow rate entry set.

102 BP: Back Pressure

CF: Not Configured Flow - Indicates that a meterpulse or pulses have been received for a product thatis not configured for use.

102 CF: Not Configured Flow

Page 25: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 17

DA: Programm ing Error - alarm when an invalidentry is made in the programming mode.

101 DA: Program Error XXX

DR: Density Transducer - Indicates a failure or anout of range (less than 3 mA or greater than 23 mA)condition.

102 DR: Density Trans

HD: High Density - Indicates the density transduceris out of range of the high alarm setting.

102 HD: High Density

HF: Excess H igh Flow - Indicates that the flow ratehas exceeded the flow limit set in the excess highflow program code for more than 4 seconds.

102 HF: Excess High Flow

HP: High P ressure - Indicates the pressure trans-ducer is out of range of the high alarm setting.

102 HP: High Pressure

HT: High Temp erature - Indicates the temperatureprobe or transducer is out of range of the high alarmsetting.

102 HT: High Temperature

LD: Low Density - Indicates the density transduceris out of range of the low alarm setting.

102 LD: Low Density

LF: Low Flow - Indicates that the flow rate was at orbelow the minimum flow rate established by the lowflow limit program code for longer than 8 seconds.

102 LF: Low Flow

Note: When flow is zero the low flow condition is not monitored.

LP: Low P ressure - Indicates the pressure trans-ducer is out of range of the low alarm setting.

102 LP: Low Pressure

LT: Low Temp erature - Indicates the temperatureprobe or transducer is out of range of the low alarmsetting.

102 LT: Low Temperature

OA: Overrun - Indicates that the volume deliveredby this product has exceeded the preset amount byat least the number of units set in the product over-run limit program code.

102 OA: Overrun Alarm

PR: Pressure Transducer - Indicates a pressuretransducer failure or an out of range (less than 3 mAor greater than 23 mA) condition.

102 PR: Pressure Trans

PS: Pulse Security - Indicates an out of sequenceerror in the A-B pulse stream.

102 PS: Pulse Security

Page 26: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

18 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

PT: Pulse Transmission Al arm - (used in conjunc-tion with the optional valve position indicator switch) Alarms when meter pulses are not being receivedand the valve is open. If meter pulses are being re-ceived and the valve is closed for more than what isprogrammed in the PT/VF time delay program code,this will result in an immediate valve fault alarm.

102 PT: Pulse Transmit

TP: Temperature Probe - Indicates a short or opencondition in the temperature probe circuit or a tem-perature transducer failure.

102 TP: Temperature Probe

UF: Unauthorized Flow - Indicates that unauthor-ized flow was detected for the product. Unauthorizedflow is when the AccuLoad II receives pulses from aproduct or products that have not been signalled toflow.

102 UF: Unauthorized Flow

VF: Valve Fault - Indicates that the valve did notclose within 10 seconds after receiving the signal toclose.

102 VF: Valve Fault

ZF: Zero Flow - Indicates this product did not flowduring the blend for the amount of time programmed.

102 ZF: Zero Flow

If any alarms were present, press "ENTER" to cleareach alarm that appears. The clearing must be re-peated until "No Alarms Present" appears on the dis-play.

Note: This action will clear the display, but if the fault is not cor-rected, the alarm will recur at the next operation.

102 No Alarms Present

Help Message (Code 102)

View the product 1 directory alarm status. Press en-ter to clear alarm.

Help Message (Code 103)

View the product 2 directory alarm status. Press en-ter to clear alarm.

Help Message (Code 104)

View the product 3 directory alarm status. Press en-ter to clear alarm.

Help Message (Code 105)

View the product 4 directory alarm status. Press en-ter to clear alarm.

106 - Recipe Alarms Check/ResetThis program code is used to check the alarm(s) thathave been triggered for any recipes and to clear thealarm (after the fault has been corrected) to allowcontinued operation. The following fault will causethe AccuLoad II to alarm. Depending on how pro-gram code 143 is programmed, the faults may ener-gize the alarm relay.

Code : Fault

DA: Programm ing Error - Indicates an invalid entrywas made in the recipe directory of the ProgramMode.

106 DA: Program Error XXXX

XXXX = program code with incorrect entry

If any alarms were present, press "ENTER" to cleareach alarm that appears. The clearing must be re-peated until "No Alarms Present" appears on the dis-play.

Note: This action will clear the display, but if the fault is not cor-rected, the alarm will recur at the next operation.

106 No Alarms Present

Page 27: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 19

Help Message

View the recipe directory alarm status. Press enter toclear alarm.

107 - Run Mode AlarmsThis program code allows the user to view the alarmswhich have occurred during the most recent transac-tion. All alarms will be listed from left to right in theorder which they occurred. They will be listed in thisprogram code regardless of whether they have beencleared or are still present. Up to ten alarms may belisted; this number is further limited by the entry inthe Run Mode Alarm Clearing Option Select. That is,if seven is entered as the limit which may be cleared,then no more than seven alarms will be listed here asmore than seven alarms would cause the transactionto be ended.

1. If there were a temperature probe alarm, a ticketprinter alarm, two excess high flow alarms and anoverrun alarm (respectively), the display would beas follows:

107 TPTKHFHFOA

2. This program code is for viewing the alarm historyonly. Present alarms may be cleared under thealarm check program codes.

Help Message

View all alarms encountered during the most recenttransaction.

108 - Ready Mode AlarmsThis program code allows the operator to view thealarms that have occurred and have been cleared inthe Ready Mode since the last transaction. All alarmswill be listed from left to right in the order in whichthey occurred. Up to ten alarms may be listed; thisnumber is further limited by the entry in the RunMode Alarm Clearing Option Select. That is, if sevenis entered as the limit which may be cleared, then nomore than seven alarms will be listed here.

1. If there were a pulse transmission and a com-munication alarm (in that order) the display wouldbe as follows:

108 PT VFCM

2. This program code is for viewing the alarm historyonly. Present alarms may be cleared under thealarm check program codes.

Help Message

View all alarms cleared in the Ready Mode after thelast transaction.

109 - Set TimeA correction to the time may be made through thisfive digit entry. The first four numbers entered con-sist of two digits for the hour and two digits for theminutes. The last number entered will show militarytime or AM or PM for standard time.

0 - AM1 - PM2 - Military

109 12:32 AM Time

Help Message

Set the time in hours, minutes and AM, PM or mili-tary.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The time entered is in error or has inconsistentformat.

110 - Set DateA correction to the date may be made through thisentry. The format for date entry will be dependent onthe time type entry. The six digits entered consist oftwo digits for the month, two digits for the day, andtwo digits for the year.

Time Type - MilitaryFormat = Day-Month-Year

110 28-04-90 Date

Page 28: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

20 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Time Type - StandardFormat = Month-Day-Year

110 4-28-90 Date

Help Message

Set the date in month, day and year (Std) or day,month and year (Mil).

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The date entered is in error or has inconsistentformat.

111 - Dynamic Display Time-outThis two digit code will allow the operator to enter theamount of time in seconds that a dynamic display willremain displayed. The range of this program codewill be 00 - 99 seconds where a zero entry will causethe dynamic display to remain until the "CLEAR" keyis pressed. An entry of "99" will disable the dynamicdisplays altogether. That is, if this entry is set to 99,no dynamic displays will be available.

111 10 Dynamic Time-out

Help Message

Enter the time in seconds that a dynamic display willremain displayed.

140 - Protection of Program Codes 180-189This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (180 through 189) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 180 through 189 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

140 0 Weights & Measures

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 180through 189.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

141 - Local Mode Alarm ClearingThis one digit program code allows the operator toclear certain alarms (see below) when they are not inthe Program/Ready Mode. The operator may select aquantity of one to nine as the maximum number ofalarms which may be cleared in a single transaction.When this option is selected, any applicable alarmreceived during the loading operation will attempt toshut down the flow. At this point, the operator willhave the option of clearing the alarm and continuingwith the load or ending the transaction. An entry ofzero will disable Ready/Run Mode alarm clearing andwill require that all alarms be cleared in the ProgramMode.

If the number of alarms exceeds the programmedvalue, the alarm will not be clearable in the RunMode and must be cleared by gaining entry to theprogram menu and proceeding in the normal fashion.(See Alarm Check and Reset program code).

The current alarm(s) will be available in the programmenu under the Alarm Check and Reset code. Ahistory of the alarm(s) detected during a transactionwill be accessible in the Run Mode Alarms programcode. Also, a history of alarms cleared in the ReadyMode is available in the Ready Alarms program code.These are also available through communications.

141 0 Local Alarm Clear

Help Message

Select local alarm clearing feature & number of triesto clear alarms.

Clearing of alarms in the Run Mode is accomplishedas follows:

1. Wait for flow to come to a stop (if necessary). The following display will be alternating with thenormal display when alarms may be cleared:

XX Alarm Press “Clear”

XX is the two digit code for the present alarm. (Seecodes 101, 102, 103, 104, 105 and 106 for descrip-tion of the alarms).

Page 29: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 21

2. Press "CLEAR" to clear the alarm and continuethe transaction. If the number of alarms in asingle transaction has exceeded the limit, theLocal Alarm Clearing option is not selected or thealarm is not one of those clearable using thismethod, the display will not appear. Instead thedisplay will read:

XX Alarm - See Manager

3. The operator must then press "PRINT" to end thetransaction. The display will then alternate be-tween:

XX Alarm - See Manager

and

Unleaded Ready 7:14:51

where Unleaded Ready is the programmable mes-sage that is programmed in code 184, it can be up to15 characters in length.

The operator must then enter the Program Mode toclear the alarm. The alarm will appear in the SystemDirectory in code 101 if it is a system alarm, codes102, 103, 104 or 105 if it is product related and code106 if it is recipe related. If the operator wants toview the alarms that were cleared during the lasttransaction, he must enter the Program Mode. Thealarms that occurred during the last transaction willbe displayed in code 107.

The alarms that have occurred and have beencleared since the last transaction with the AccuLoadII in the Ready Mode can be viewed in program code108.

All alarms except "DA" (Diagnostic Alarms) may becleared in the Run or Ready Mode.

Note: If more than one of these alarms exist, they must each becleared separately as they appear on the display.

142 - Decimal or Comma SelectionThis one digit entry specifies whether a decimal or acomma is to be used on the display for use in frac-tional numbers (i.e., meter factor dynamic displaydecimal (1.000), comma (1,000).) The comma isnormally used in the European market instead of thedecimal point.

0 - Decimal1 - Comma

142 0 Decimal

Help Message

Select either the use of decimals or commas for frac-tional numbers.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

143 - Alarm RelayThis one digit program code allows the user to selecthow the alarm relay will operate when an alarm oc-curs, if at all. There are three selections available:

0 - Alarm Relay on Valve Fault Only1 - Alarm Relay on Any Fault2 - No Alarm Relay

143 0 Alarm Relay on VF

Help Message

Select whether the alarm relay will be set when a VFalarm occurs, any alarm occurs, or will remain off.

Warning

Critical: This option is not currently configured.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 30: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

22 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

144 - RUN/READY InitializationThis code allows the user to initialize all of the dis-plays used in the RUN/READY mode of operation.Two possible selections are available:

0 - English1 - Portuguese

144 0 English

Help Message

Select the desired initialization setting, press "EN-TER" to initialize. 0 = English, 1 = Portuguese.

145 - Ready/Run Mode Clearable AlarmsSelectionThis code allows the operator to program the alarmsthat are allowed to be cleared in the Ready/RunMode of operation. Each alarm has an entry numberthat has to be entered to display the alarm (see thetable below). Once the alarm entry number has beenentered and the alarm displayed, a 0 or a 1 can beentered to indicate if the alarm can be cleared or notcleared (0 = clearable, 1 = not clearable).

Note: 1. Diagnostic alarms are never clearable in theReady/Run Mode.

2. If program code 141 is programmed 0 indicatingthat no alarms can be cleared in the Ready/RunMode then "No Alarm Clearing" will be displayed inthis code and no entries will be allowed.

3. All alarms are initialized at the factory to 0(clearable).

Programming the clearable alarms is accomplishedby the following procedure:

1. The display will appear as follows:

145 Run Clearable Alarms

2. Enter the table number of the alarm that is to bechanged (i.e., 1 Zero Flow).

145 Run Clearable Alar1

3. Press "ENTER" to display the alarm.

0 CM: Communications

4. To change the alarm from clearable to notclearable, enter a "1".

0 CM: Communications1

5. Press "ENTER".

1 CM: Communications

After the alarms have been programmed to fit theapplication the settings should be recorded in theAppendix of the Programming Workbook (AB06034)for future reference.

Help Message

Select which alarms may be cleared in the Run andReady Modes.

Note: This code applies to RBU-08 and above firmware.

Page 31: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 23

Entry Alarm

1 CM: Communications

2 TK: Ticket

3 OA: Overrun

4 SP: Set at entry 751 (Shared Printer)

5 SF: Storage Full

6 F1: Additive Feedback 1

7 F2: Additive Feedback 2

8 F3: Additive Feedback 3

9 F4: Additive Feedback 4

10 F5: Additive Feedback 5

11 F6: Additive Feedback 6

12 F7: Additive Feedback 7

13 F8: Additive Feedback 8

14 H2: Set at entry 755 (232 Printer Hardware)

15 O2: Set at entry 755 (232 Paper Out)

16 A2: Set at entry 755 (232 Cover Open)

17 D2: Set at entry 755 (232 Deselected)

18 B2: Set at entry 755 (232 Buffer Overflow)

19 P2: Set at entry 755 (232 Communications)

20 E2: Set at entry 755 (232 General Error)

21 I2: Set at entry 755 (232 No Response)

22 H4: Set at entry 755 (485 Printer Hardware)

23 O4: Set at entry 755 (485 Printer Paper Out)

24 A4: Set at entry 755 (485 Cover Open)

25 D4: Set at entry 755 (485 Deselected)

26 B4: Set at entry 755 (485 Buffer Overflow)

27 P4: Set at entry 755 (485 Communications)

28 E4: Set at entry 755 (485 General Error)

29 I4: Set at entry 755 (485 No Response)

30 CL: Clean Line

31 PA: Power-fail (Set at entry 186)

Page 32: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

24 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Entry Alarm

32 HT: High Temperature

33 LT: Low Temperature

34 TP: Temperature Probe

35 HP: High Pressure

36 LP: Low Pressure

37 PR: Pressure Transducer

38 HD: High Density

39 LD: Low Density

40 DR: Density Transducer

41 BP: Back Pressure

42 LF: Low Flow

43 HF: High Flow

44 BH: Blend High

45 BL: Blend Low

46 OA: Overrun

47 PT: Pulse Transmission

48 VF: Valve Fault

49 PS: Pulse Security

50 ZF: Zero Flow (Set at Entry 212)

51 CF: Not Configured Flow

52 UF: Unwanted Flow

Note: 1. Alarms that have the statement "Set at entry ???" are programmable in their respective program codes as to whether they areclearable or not clearable in the Run and Ready Mode of operation.

2. Alarms 1 through 32 are System Alarms, alarms 33 through 52 are Product alarms.

Page 33: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 25

180 - Programming Access CodeThis four digit number permits entry into the Accu-Load II's Program or Weights and Measures programcodes. The access code may be changed under Pro-gram Mode security or Weights and Measures modesecurity, depending on the entry in program code140. The access code is required to be enteredthrough the AccuLoad II keypad after the ProgramMode security contact has been closed. If this con-tact has not been closed, the AccuLoad II will not al-low entry into the Program Mode.

180 0000

181 - Transaction Security IDThis eight digit security number provides an addi-tional security level for operation of the AccuLoad II.If this code is programmed with any number otherthan 00000000 the driver or operator is required toenter this security ID before a transaction can bestarted.

181 00000000 I.D. No.

Note: An entry of zero will disable this function.

Help Message

Enable/select the transaction ID number.

182 - Transaction Security Prompt Message

This code allows a 20 character entry to prompt dur-ing the preset operations to enter a security ID. Thedata entry allows the following characters to be se-lected as part of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U

V W X Y Z• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} °

? * space

182 Enter Transaction I.D.

Note: This message should not be programmed as blanks. Ifprogrammed as blanks, when the operator presses "SET" thedisplay will go blank.

Help Message

20 character alphanumeric prompt message used fortransaction ID.

183 - Auto Reset TimerThis two digit code defines the amount of time inminutes that the AccuLoad II will remain in a mode ofoperation (i.e., Program Mode) before returning tothe ready display (as programmed in code 184). Theclock starts after each keystroke (unless flowing) andif another keystroke is not made in the time set in thiscode, the unit will revert to the ready display. For in-stance if a driver's load has been completed and hehasn't ended the transaction the AccuLoad II will re-turn to the Ready Mode of operation after this timerhas expired. The same thing would happen if an op-erator is in the Program Mode and fails to enter akeystroke before the timer has expired. The range ofthis entry is 01 to 99 minutes.

183 10 Auto Reset Timer

Note: An entry of 00 will disable this feature.

Help Message

Enter the time, in minutes, that the AccuLoad will re-set to the Ready Mode if no operator activity is de-tected for the consecutive time value programmed.

184 - Ready Mode MessageThis code allows a 15 character entry to be displayedwhen the AccuLoad II is in the Ready Mode (idlestate). The data entry allows the following charactersto be selected as part of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U VW X Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

184 Meter Ready

Help Message

15 character alphanumeric programmable readymessage.

Page 34: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

26 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

185 - Run & Ready Mode CustomizedDisplayThis program code is used to program all of the dis-plays used in the RUN/READY mode of operation.To program a display the operator enters the numberof the display that is to be changed. When the par-ticular display appears, the keypad is then used toadvance to each character to be changed and also toincrement or decrement the character. The data en-try will allow the following characters to be selectedas part of the message:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T UV W X Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ?

* space 1. To program the Run & Ready Mode messages,

enter the number of the display you want tochange. Numbers and English default messagesare in the table below. Or you can scroll throughthe displays by pressing the ENTER key. Exam-ple: After entering a 7 and pressing the ENTERkey you can go to entry #8 by just pressing theENTER key.

185 Customize Display 7

2. Press "ENTER" to display the message that isassociated with the table number:

Report Pending to Print

3. Change the message as required for theapplication following the steps described inthe Operator Guide (MN06065) in the sectionon Program Mode.

4. Proceed to the next message as described inthe above steps or to scroll through thedisplays press the "ENTER" key until thedisplay that is required is reached.

Help Message

Use the keypad in order to customize the selecteddisplay. Press the "Enter" key to store into memory.

186 - Power Failure AlarmThis one digit entry allows the programming of howthe AccuLoad II is to respond after a power failure ora hardware reset has occurred.

0 - No Power Failure Alarm1 - Power-fail Alarm Enabled - If the power-fail

alarm is enabled and there is a power-fail andthe alarm is set up as not clearable, then noother transactions may be permitted until theoperator goes into the program mode andclears the alarm; clearing can also be donethrough communications.

2 - Power Failure Alarm - A power failure alarmwill be generated, local clearing will be allowed.

Note: Selecting 2, Power Failure Alarm with local clearing alsorequires that program code 141 also be programmed for Local AlarmClearing (a value other than 0).

186 0 No Power-fail Alarm

Help Message

Enter whether to Disable (0) an Alarm on Power-fail,Enable without Local Alarm Clearing (1), or Enablewith Local Alarm Clearing (2).

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Note: This code applies to RBU-07 and above firmware.

Page 35: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 27

RBU Display Customization Entry Table

EntryNumber

Entry Description Translation OutputLength

*001 Alarm - See Manager 22

*002 Alarm Press "CLEAR" 22

*003 Alarm Press "PRINT" 22

*004 Alarm - Remove Ticket 22

005 Press CLEAR to Continue 24

006 Press START to Continue 24

007 ** Remove Ticket ** 24

008 Please Wait 24

009 Report Pending to Print 24

010 No Local Start Allowed 24

011 Select Recipe 13

**012 Recipe No 10

013 No Recipes Available 20

014 Current Recipe 15

**015 Current Products 17

016 Recipe Avg Dens 15

017 Recipe Ld Temp 14

018 LdTmp 5

019 Load Avg Tmp 12

**020 Ld 3

**021 Avg Pres 8

**022 Avg Den 7

023 Load Avg Mfac 13

024 Enter Preset Amount 19

025 AccuLoad II RBU 15

026 **Batch Limit Reached** 23

027 ** Error Press CLEAR ** 24

028 Recipe 6

029 System 6

Page 36: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

28 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

EntryNumber

Entry Description Translation OutputLength

030 Alarm 5

031 Product 1 9

032 Product 2 9

033 Product 3 9

034 Product 4 9

035 Product 7

036 Summary 7

037 Dyn Display 12

**038 Restart in 11

**039 Valve Delay = 14

040 ** Not Authorized ** 24

041 Flow 4

042 Flow = 7

043 Flow* = 7

044 Flow+ = 7

045 Flow- = 7

046 /Min 4

047 /Hr 3

**048 Temperature = 15

**049 Ref Density 12

**050 Rel Density = 18

**051 Meter Factor = 18

052 Raw 3

053 Grs 3

054 Gst 3

055 Net 3

056 Mass 4

057 Mas 3

058 Raw Transaction 15

059 Grs Transaction 15

Page 37: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 29

EntryNumber

Entry Description Translation OutputLength

060 Gst Transaction 15

061 Net Transaction 15

062 Mas Transaction 15

063 Add 1 = 7

064 Add 2 = 7

065 Add 3 = 7

066 Add 4 = 7

067 Add 5 = 7

068 Add 6 = 7

069 Add 7 = 7

070 Add 8 = 7

071 Injector 8

072 Select Injector# 16

073 Inj On=# 8

074 No Injectors Selected 24

075 Select Injectors 16

076 Inj 3

077 Prg 3

078 Cal 3

079 Density 7

080 Total 5

**081 Valve Requested 17

082 Open 4

083 Closed 6

084 Lock 4

085 Off 3

086 On 3

087 Secs. 5

088 Current 7

089 Desired 7

Page 38: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

30 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

EntryNumber

Entry Description Translation OutputLength

090 % of Batch 10

091 Batch 5

092 Trans 5

093 Preset Completed 16

094,095,**096 Preset batch volume exceedsthe maximum permitted.

3 * 24

097,098,**099 Preset batch volume is belowthe minimum required.

3 * 24

100,**101 The minimum preset for thisrecipe is

2 * 24

102,103,104,105,106,107, 108

Warning: Premature batchtermination will result in out ofblend delivery. If you desireto terminate anyway, pressENTER otherwise, pressCLEAR to continue.

7 * 24

109,110 Invalid ID. Number. PressCLEAR to enter.

2 * 24

111,112,113 Recipe selected is notavailable. Press CLEAR tocontinue.

3 * 24

114,115,**116 The preset volume will causethe max transaction volumeto be exceeded.

3 * 24

117,**118 Fatal: Entry is out of specifiedrange.

2 * 24

119 Prv Err 7

120 Load Completed 16

121 Load Terminated 16

Note: The output length of each table entry signifies the maximum number of characters allowable for that particular message even though thedefault message may not take up all spaces allowed.

Note: * An entry number flagged with an asterisk (*), designates that the entry description should have a leading space in the message. This willallow for display concatenation without running words together.

Note: ** An entry number flagged with two asterisks (**), designates that the entry description should have a trailing space in the message. Thiswill allow for display concatenation without running words together.

Note: Any table entry that has more than one entry number are 24 character messages each. They are concatenated together to form a scrollingmessage.

Note: Entries 120 and 121 apply to RBU-11 and above firmware.

Page 39: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 31

200 - System Flow Control Directory

201 - Low Flow Start VolumeThis four digit entry shows the volume to be deliveredduring low flow start. When this volume has beendelivered, the valve will open and the flow will go tothe high flow rate. This low flow start volume will onlybe used if it exceeds the percentage of preset calcu-lated from the percentage programmed in programcode 202 and the current preset. The range of thisentry is 0001 to 9999 units. (See example in code202).

201 0040 Low Flow Amount

Note: Low flow start, (if programmed in), will always be initiatedfrom a zero flow condition. It will be initiated for the low flow startvolume selected if the low flow rate is less than the desired flow.Otherwise, the desired flow will take priority.

Note: "0000" disables the low flow start option.

Help Message

Enter the volume for delivery during low flow start.

Warning

Critical: The system low flow start rate cannot beless than any of the individual product minimum flowlimits.

202 - Low Flow Start PercentageThis two digit entry defines the percentage of presetto be delivered during low flow start. This value willonly be used if the calculated percentage of presetexceeds the low flow start volume programmed in201. When this amount has been delivered, thevalve will open and the flow will go to the high flowrate. The range of this entry is 00 to 99 percent.

Note: The larger volume as programmed in codes 201 or 202 willbe used as the low flow start volume for the batch. For example, ifcode 201 is programmed at 100 gallons and code 202 isprogrammed at 10% on a 800 gallon batch the 100 gallonsprogrammed in code 201 would be used as the low flow startvolume. On a 1200 gallon batch the AccuLoad would use the 10%volume as calculated using code 202 or 120 gallons as the low flowstart volume.

202 25% Low Flow Start

Help Message

Enter the percentage of preset for delivery during lowflow start.

Warning

Critical: The system low flow start rate cannot beless than any of the individual product minimum flowlimits.

203 - Low Flow Start RateThis four digit entry designates the total system flowrate during low flow start. This rate will be dividedamong the products being delivered according to thepercentages assigned in the recipe selected forloading. The range of this entry is 0001 to 9999 flowunits.

203 0200 Low Flow Rate

Help Message

Enter the flow rate during low flow start operation.

Warning

Warning: A zero entry will not allow the valve toopen at start.

Warning

Critical: The system low flow start rate cannot beless than any of the individual product minimum flowlimits.

204 - Low Flow StartThis one digit entry selects when low flow start will beused.

0 - Low flow start will occur every time the ’START’button is pressed.

1 - Low flow start will occur only at the beginning ofthe batch.

204 0 Low Flow Always

Help Message

Select whether or not low flow start is desired at be-ginning of batch only, or always after start.

Page 40: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

32 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

205 - System First High Flow RateThis four digit code sets the high flow rate for thesystem. This rate will be divided among the productsbeing delivered according to the percentages as-signed in the recipe selected for loading. The rangeof this entry is 0001 to 9999 flow units.

205 0600 High Flow Rate

Note: This value must not be programmed "0000".

Help Message

Enter the first high flow rate for digital valve controloperation.

Warning

Warning: A zero entry will not allow the valve toopen at start.

206 - System Sec ond High Flow Rate

This four digit entry defines a second high flow ratefor the system which is selectable by an AC contactinput. This program code is only available if one ofthe inputs has been configured for first/second highflow rate selection. The range of this entry is 0000 to9999 flow units. This flow rate would be typicallyselected for smaller trucks.

206 0400 2nd High Flow

Note: "0000" disables the second high flow rate.

Help Message

Enter the second high flow rate for digital valve con-trol operation.

Warning

Warning: A zero entry will not allow the valve toopen at start.

Note: This warning message only applies to the operation of theunit if the 1st/2nd high flow input is configured and the input is in the2nd high flow position.

Warning: This option is not currently configured.

Note: This critical message indicates that the 1st/2nd high flowinput is not configured. To configure an input for 1st/2nd high flowsee codes 019 through 030 of the Systems Directory.

207 - Overrun Alarm LimitThis two digit entry defines the number of whole unitsrequired to trigger the system overrun alarm. Thesystem overrun alarm is set when the sum of the de-livered volume of all the products exceeds the batchpreset by more than the overrun alarm limit. Therange of this entry is 01 to 99 units.

207 05 Overrun Limit

Note: "00" disables the overrun alarm limit.

Help Message

Enter number of units delivered over preset amountbefore alarm occurs.

Warning:

Warning: A zero entry will disable this Overrun Alarmfeature.

208 - Zero Flow TimerThis two digit entry allows the operator to select theamount of time (in seconds) that the AccuLoad II is toignore zero flow before going into the "STOP" modeas if the "STOP" key was pressed. Once in thismode, the "START" button must again be pressed tocontinue the transaction. During this "STOP" modethe operator may cancel the current transaction orstart a new batch if in the middle of a transaction. The range of this entry will be 01 to 99 seconds.

Conditions under which the zero flow timer will beused:

1. Entries required.

a. A non-zero entry in the zero flow timerprogram code.

2. Operational requirements for the zero flow timerto be used.

a. The zero flow timer will be used immediatelyafter the "START" button is pressed andimmediately after any permissive delays arecleared.

b. The zero flow timer will be used before:

1) An operator requested stop.

2) Normal batch termination.

Page 41: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 33

3. Conditions under which the zero flow timer will notbe used:

a. After:

1) An operator requested stop or alarmcondition.

2) Normal batch termination.

3) Improper program code entries.

4) Under these conditions a PT/VF alarmwould be recorded: if the zero flowcondition results in a pulse transmissionsituation (i.e., valve open and zero flow),and security is programmed and theprogrammed PT/VF delay is less than thezero flow timer delay programmed.

208 05 Sec Zero Q Timer

Note: "00" disables this option.

Help Message

Enter time in seconds zero flow is ignored beforevalve closure.

209 - Start Delay After StopThis three digit entry allows a programmable delay (inseconds) for a start to occur after a stop was initiatedin the middle of a batch. This delay will start immedi-ately after the "STOP" key is pressed and flow goesto zero. The message:

xxxx Restart in yyy

will be shown when the delay starts where xxxx =volume loaded and yyy = time in seconds.

The ’START’ key may be pressed when the countergoes to zero and the display shows:

Press Start to Continue

Any attempt to restart before the countdown has ex-pired will be ignored. The countdown may be can-celed by ending the batch or transaction. The rangeof this entry is 000 to 999 seconds.

209 015 Stop/Start Delay

Help Message

Enter the time in seconds to delay a start after stop inmidload.

210 - Pump Relay Time DelayThis two digit entry allows the operator to select apump relay delay to off time in seconds. At any timeduring a normal or operator requested stop, thepump relay will be delayed by the programmed valuein seconds before turning off. This delay will be over-ridden in an alarm condition (i.e., no delay to off). Therange of this entry will be 00 to 99 seconds delay tooff.

210 15 Sec Pump Delay

Help Message

Enter delay time in seconds to open the pump relaycontact after stop.

Warning

Critical: This option is not currently configured.

211 - Control Valve Delay to OpenThis two digit program code allows setting of a timedelay (in seconds) before the valve will be com-manded to open after the pump relay is closed. Thisallows the pump to pressurize the line, providing forbetter valve response. The range of this entry is 01to 99 seconds. For example, if the valve delay entrywere set to 05 seconds when the "START" buttonwas pressed, the pump relay would be commandedto close. Five seconds later the valve would becommanded to open.

Page 42: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

34 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

The AccuLoad II is not considered released until thevalve delay time-out period has elapsed.

211 05 Sec Valve Delay

Note: An entry of 00 will disable the feature. Also the delayprogrammed in the Zero Flow Timer, program code (208), will not bestarted until the valve delay is over.

Help Message

Enter delay time in seconds to open the valve afterstart.

212 - Zero Flow AlarmThis one digit entry allows the operator to either en-able or disable the zero flow alarm. If the zero flowalarm is enabled (1) an alarm will be generated whenthe zero flow timer expires (time set in system code208). If the zero flow alarm is disabled (0) an alarmwill not be generated if the zero flow timer expires.

0 - Zero Flow Alarm Disabled

1 - Zero Flow Alarm Enabled

212 1 Yes Zero Flow Alarm

Help Message

Enable/disable the zero flow alarm.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Note: This code applies to RBU-08 and above firmware.

240 - Protection of Program Codes 280-289This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (280 through 289) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 280 through 289 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

240 0 Weights & M easures

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 280through 289.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

280 - Clean Line Pr oductThis one digit entry selects the product that will bedesignated as the clean line product. The clean lineproduct will be delivered at the end of every batchwhether the designated clean line product is part ofthe recipe being delivered or not. The purpose is tohave the line packed with the clean line product atthe end of a delivery.

1 - Product #12 - Product #23 - Product #34 - Product #4

280 1 Clean Line Prod 1

Note: If a volume is programmed in code 281 this product will beused to fill the pipe/load arm at the end of each batch regardless if itis programmed as part of the current recipe.

Note: If a 100% recipe of the clean line product is being loaded, theAccuLoad will not shut down and restart to add the clean lineproduct. This rate applies to RBU-08 firmware and above.

Page 43: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 35

Help Message

Enter the clean line product desired.

Warning

Critical: The clean line product selected is currentlydisabled.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

281 - Clean Line VolumeThis three digit entry establishes the volume of cleanline product (selected in code 280) to be delivered tofill the pipe/load arm at the end of every batch. Thisvolume is determined by calculating the volume ofproduct to fill the pipe/load arm from the controlvalve(s) to the end of the loading arm. The range ofthis entry is 000 to 999 units.

281 100 Clean Volume

Help Message

Enter the volume of clean line product desired at endof batch.

282 - Clean Line Alarm LimitThis two digit entry defines the volume of productthat the clean line volume can be short and not causean alarm. For example, if the clean line volume is setfor 100 gallons and the maximum clean line alarmlimit is programmed for 5 gallons, the clean line vol-ume can range between 95 gallons and 100 gallonsand will not cause an alarm. The range of this entryis 01 to 99 units.

Note: If the delivery is stopped prematurely for any reason, a cleanline alarm may be set.

282 10 Clean Alarm Limit

Note: "00" disables the clean line alarm.

Help Message

Set the tolerance allowed for underrun of clean linedelivery.

283 - Ratio Adjustment FactorThis three digit entry sets the ratio adjustment factorused to speed up the response of the blend valves tohelp maintain the preprogrammed blend ratio duringloading. This factor is used to magnify the differencebetween the programmed blend ratio and the currentblend ratio so that the programmed blend ratio canbe achieved more quickly. The value used in thiscode must not be zero. The range of this entry is00.1 to 99.9.

283 20.0 Ratio Adj Fac

Help Message

Enter the ratio adjustment factor for the desired blendflow correction.

Fatal Warning:

Fatal: This program code entry must not be zero.

284 - Flow Rate Adjustment TimerThis two digit entry sets the time in seconds betweenflow rate adjustments of the control valves. Thevalue used in this code must not be zero. This valueshould be determined based on the hydraulic condi-tions that exist for the system. The range of this en-try is 01 to 99 seconds.

284 01 Ratio Adj Timer

Help Message

Enter the flow rate adjustment timer for the desiredblend flow correction.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: This program code entry must not be zero.

Page 44: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

36 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

300 - System Volume Accuracy Directory

301 - Transaction ControlThis one digit entry defines the means of a transac-tion end and/or start.

0 - Local: For transactions that will be authorized andterminated by a locally mounted serial printer(e.g., Load Printer): The "PRINT" key is disabled.The ticket printer tray switch is used to end thetransaction.

1 - Print: For transactions that may be remotelyauthorized and terminated by the "PRINT" key:The ticket printer tray switch is ignored. The"PRINT" key is used to end the transaction.

2 - Remote: For transactions that will be authorizedand terminated remotely (i.e., through commun-ications): The "PRINT" key is disabled and theticket printer tray switch is ignored.

3 - Master Reset CT: For transactions that will beauthorized and terminated by a master reset input:The "PRINT" key is disabled. The ticket printertray input is used to authorize and end the trans-action and also clears the transaction totals.

Note: If the Print or Local method is selected, the transaction maystill be remotely authorized or terminated.

301 1 Print Key

Caution:

If the remote opt ion is selected and no commu-nication absence al arms are programmed, thereis potential for a problem. Since the "PRINT" keyis disabled in the remote mode, transact ions canonly be ended via communications. If communi-cations beco mes inop erative under these condi-tions, the AccuLoad II will be in a deadlock con-dition. This deadlock can only be cl eared by cy-cling power which will enable the "PRINT" keyfor a one-time use only (unl ess programmed oth-erwise).

Note: This program code will be overridden if the AccuLoad II goesinto any condition under which a communications alarm is generatedor the Standby Mode is entered. It will come back into force whenthe AccuLoad II communications is restored.

Help Message

Select method of transaction control: Remote, Local,Print or Master Reset with Transaction Clearing.

Warning (If Remote is selected.)

Critical: This selection requires Poll & Authorize orRemote Control Communications.

Warning

Critical: This option is not currently configured.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

302 - Maximum Preset VolumeThis five digit entry establishes the largest volumethat can be preset. An error message appears: "Pre-set batch volume exceeds the maximum permitted.PRESS "CLEAR" TO CONTINUE", will be displayedon any attempt to start a batch with more than themaximum preset value. The range of this entry will be00001 - 99999 units.

302 09999 Maximum Preset

Note: "00000" disables the maximum preset volume.

Help Message

Enter the maximum preset volume allowed for anybatch.

Warning:

Critical: Auto Preset entry may not exceed themaximum preset.

303 - Minimum Preset VolumeThis five digit entry will allow for the setting of theminimum preset amount. An error message, "Presetbatch volume is below the minimum required" is dis-played. "PRESS "CLEAR" TO CONTINUE", will bedisplayed on any attempt to start a batch with lessthan the minimum preset value. The range of thisentry will be 00001 - 99999 units.

303 00500 Minimum Preset

Note: "00000" disables the minimum preset volume.

Page 45: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 37

Help Message

Enter the minimum preset volume allowed for anybatch.

304 - Auto PresetThis five digit program code allows the operator toselect the Auto Preset mode of operation for the Ac-cuLoad II. An entry of 00000 will disable this functionand the preset amount used in the Run Mode willhave to be either manually entered by the driver orentered through communications. An entry otherthan 00000 (i.e., 1000) will result in the presetamount programmed in this code being used in theRun Mode. The AccuLoad II would preset automati-cally 1,000 each time the ’SET’ button is pressed.

304 01000 Auto Preset

Note: "00000" disables the Auto Preset.

Help Message

Select Auto Preset when a fixed preset value is al-ways desired.

Warning

Critical: Auto Preset entry may not exceed the maxi-mum preset.

305 - Auto Preset IncrementThis four digit program code allows the operator toprogram a volume to be used as an incremental in-crease for the Auto Preset.

Example: Auto Preset programmed for 1,000 unitsand the Auto Preset increment is programmed for100 units. When the driver/operator approaches theAccuLoad II and goes through the necessary steps toget to the Preset Display, see Operators Guide(MN06065).

Midgrade P 1000 Gal

Where:

Midgrade = Programmed Recipe NameP = Preset1000 = Volume programmed for Auto PresetGal = Units of measurement

Driver presses ’SET’ volume will increment 100 units.

Midgrade P 1100 Gal

Driver presses ’SET’ again the volume will increment100 units.

Midgrade P 1200 Gal

Driver continues pressing ’SET’ until the volume ofproduct required is reached (i.e., 2000 gal).

Midgrade P 2000 Gal

Help Message

Enter an amount to increment the Auto Preset Vol-ume by use of the ’SET’ key.

306 - Blank Downc ounterThis code provides a blank downcounter option. Theuse of this option will disable the displaying of thedowncounter in the Run Mode while dispensing theproduct.

0 - Downcounter to be Displayed1 - No Downcounter Displayed

Note: This option will have no effect while the AccuLoad II is in theproving mode.

306 0 Downcounter Yes

Help Message

Enable/disable the downcounter while the product isbeing dispensed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 46: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

38 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

307 - Volumes for Local StorageThis four digit number defines the volumes that willbe stored in local storage, in addition to the grossvolume, at the end of a transaction. Each of the dig-its represent one of the volumes that are selectablefor local storage. A zero in the digit indicates that thevolume will not be stored in local storage with thetransaction data and a one indicates the volume willbe stored in local storage.

Note: A maximum of three volumes will be stored including thegross.

Digit Volume1st digit Raw Volumes (RW)2nd digit Gross at Standard Temperature

Volumes (GT)3rd digit Net Volumes (NT)4th digit Mass Totals (MA)

307 0110 -- GT NT --

Help Message

Select up to 2 volume types to be saved in local stor-age in addition to gross.

Warning

Critical: Number of volume types selected exceedsthe maximum number allowed.

Note: This message will be scrolled across the display when morethan three volume types are programmed for local storage.

Critical: A recipe has a delivered volume type that isnot selected for local storage.

Note: This message will be scrolled across the display when one ormore of the volume types programmed for local storage are notcurrently programmed for use.

Example: Entered 11 when programming. When’ENTER’ is pressed and the value 11 is stored, it willbe stored as:

307 0011 -- -- NT MA

When programming this code, all leading and trailingzeros should be entered to ensure the correct vol-umes are programmed.

340 - Protection of Program Codes 380-389This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (380 through 389) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 380 through 389 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria, the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

340 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 380through 389.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

341 - Display UnitsThis code allows a three character entry message toserve as the display unit identifier of the product. Thedata entry will allow the following characters to beselected as part of the display unit prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

341 Gal = Display Units

Help Message

Enter a three alphanumeric character volume unitidentifier.

Page 47: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 39

342 - Corrected Delivery DisplayThis code allows the selection of a volume correctiondisplay to alternate at a two second rate with the pre-set section of the Run Mode delivery display. It willdisplay the type of correction that is being applied tothe delivery and/or preset volume(s).

0 - No Delivery Correction1 - Corrected Delivery Display2 - Corrected Preset Display3 - Corrected Preset & Delivery Display

342 0 Del Correction No

Help Message

Select No Alternating Corrected Display, Delivery,Preset or both.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

343 - Display ResolutionThis one digit code selects the resolution that will beused on the AccuLoad II display during normal op-eration.

0 - Whole Unit Display1 - Tenth Unit Display2 - Hundredth Unit Display3 - Tens Unit Display

343 0 Whole Unit Display

Help Message

Select Display Resolution in Whole, Tenths, Hun-dredths or X Ten Units.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

344 - Proving ModesThis program code allows the operator to select theproving mode required:

0 - Not Proving - This is the normal operatingmode where a preset volume is set and theflow of product is started and stopped.

1 - WM Proving (Weights and M easuresProving Mode) - In this mode the AccuLoadII operates as in the Run Mode, except thepreset and delivery counters both count upand go to tenths resolution. Volume presetand delivery units are in the volume unitsselected in the display units select code.

2 - High-Speed Proving (Proving using thehigh-speed pulse output) - In this mode theAccuLoad II operates as in the Run Mode,except the preset and delivery counters bothcount up. Volume preset and delivery unitsare in the volume units selected in the displayunits select code. This is the same as theWM Proving, except there is a high-speedpulse output that can be used with a SmallVolume Prover or a Master Meter.

344 0 Not Proving Mode

Help Message

Select proving method required: None, W & M orHigh-Speed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Fatal: High-Speed Prover output is not installed. (Ifoption 2 selected).

Page 48: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

40 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

345 - Proving OutputThis program code allows the operator to select themeter for which the high-speed prover output will op-erate.

0- No Prover Output

1 - Product #1 Prover Output2 - Product #2 Prover Output3 - Product #3 Prover Output4 - Product #4 Prover Output

345 1 Prod 1 Prover Out

Note: If the High-Speed Proving option is not installed via theAccuLoad Control Module (ACM), the display will show:

346 No HS Prov Installed

and no entries will be allowed.

Help Message

Select the product for the high-speed prover output.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

346 - Proving Output UnitsThis program code establishes the type of units forthe prover output when in the high-speed provingmode. Five possible selections are available that aredependent on the needs of the operation.

0 - Raw Prover (Pulses/Input Resolution) (Raw)1 - Gross Prover (Grs)2 - Gross @ Standard Temperature Prover (Gst)3- Gross @ Standard Temperature & Pressure Prover (Net)4 - Mass Prover (Whole Units)

346 1 Grs Prover

Note: If the High-Speed Proving option is not installed via theAccuLoad Control Module (ACM), the display will show:

346 No HS Prov Installed

and no entries will be allowed.

Help Message

Select the type of units for the high-speed proveroutput.

Warning

Critical: This option is available, but not installed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

347 - Recipes Per TransactionThis program code provides the operator with the ca-pability of setting the loading position up to allow onlysingle recipe transactions or to allow multiple recipesper transaction.

"0" - Single Recipe per Transaction"1" - Multiple Recipes per Transaction

347 1 Mult Recipe/Tran

Help Message

Select single recipe per transaction or multiple reci-pes per transaction.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)This two digit program code defines the blend toler-ance allowed for all delivered blends. The range ofthis entry will be 0.1 percent to 9.9.

This blend tolerance is applied as a percentage of thetotal batch delivered amount. If the delivered amountof the product is within plus or minus the blend per-centage of the total delivery, no blend alarm will oc-cur.

Note: A blend tolerance entry of zero will allow no tolerance,causing an alarm to occur unless all components are deliveredexactly.

Page 49: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 41

For example, assume a blend tolerance percentageof 2%, a preset of 1000 gallons, and a recipe con-sisting of 25% of each of the four products. The pre-sets for each of the products would be 250 gallons. If 1000 gallons are delivered, the calculated blendtolerance would be 20 gallons (2% of 1000 gallons). If any product delivered less than 230 gallons (250 -20), a blend low alarm will be set. If any product de-livered more than 270 gallons (250 + 20), a blendhigh alarm will be set (only if all 1000 gallons are de-livered).

348 1.0% Blend Tolerance

Help Message

Enter the percentage of total preset to be used as theblend tolerance.

Note: If codes 348 and 349 are both programmed for blendtolerance, the larger value of the two will be used by the AccuLoad IIto determine when a blend alarm should be triggered.

349 - Blend Tolerance (Volume)This three digit code defines the blend tolerance as afixed volume. This volume represents the deliveredvolume of product over or under the delivered volumethat will be allowed by AccuLoad II without causingan alarm. The range of this entry is 00.1 to 99.9units.

349 02.5 Gal Blend Tol

Help Message

Enter the volume to be used as the blend tolerance.

Note: If codes 348 and 349 are both programmed for blendtolerance, the larger value of the two will be used by the AccuLoad IIto determine when a blend alarm should be triggered.

350 - Combinated Pulse OutputThis program code defines whether the combinatedpulse output registers in Raw, Gross, GST, Net orMass volume units.

0 - Raw Pulse Output1 - Gross Pulse Output2 - Gross @ Standard Temperature (GST)

Pulse Output3 - Gross @ Standard Temperature and

Pressure (Net) Pulse Output4 - Mass Pulse Output

Midgrade P 1100 Gal

Help Message

Select registration for combinated pulse output: Raw,Grs, GST, Net or Mass.

Note: This option applies to RBU-02 and above firmware.

351 - Combinated Pulse Output ResolutionThis six digit code defines the pulse output resolutionfor the combinated pulse. The number is entered asthe portion of the units of registration (fractional orwhole) for which you want an output pulse (e.g., anentry of 000.100 shows a pulse will be output foreach tenth of a unit, or an entry of 010.000 will outputa pulse for each 10 units). The range of this programcode is 000.001 to 999.999.

351 000.001 Gal/Prt Out

Help Message

Enter the combinated pulse output resolution per unitof registration.

Note: This code applies to RBU-02 and above firmware.

352 - Combinated Pulse Output MaximumFrequency

This three digit program code defines the maximumfrequency that will be output by the combinated pulseoutput. The range of this code is 004 to 999.

352 500Hz Max Pulse Freq

Help Message

Enter the maximum frequency for the combinatedpulse output.

Note: This code applies to RBU-02 and above firmware.

Page 50: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

42 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

353 - Resolution of Volumetric Totals onPrinted ReportThis one digit entry selects the resolution of thevolumetric totals that will be printed on the reports.

0 - Whole Units1 - Tenth Units2 - Hundredth Units

353 0 Whole Units

Help Message

Select Report Resolution in whole, tenths or hun-dredths units.

Warning

Critical: The report resolution cannot be greater thanthe display resolution.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Note: This code applies to RBU-08 and above firmware.

354 - Number of Batches per TransactionThis single digit entry selects the number of batchesthat will be allowed to run per transaction. This selec-tion will affect the number of transactions that can bestored in local storage. The range of this programcode is 1 to 6.

354 1 Batch per Trans

Help Message

Select the number of batches to be allowed pertransaction.

Warning

Warning: Pressing “ENTER” will cause all local stor-age data to be lost.

Note: This code applies to RBU-11 and above firmware.

390 - Input Pulse TypeThis one digit code defines the type of pulse input theAccuLoad II will accept: Contact or Active Pulse type.This code will be under the High-Security Mode (seeOperator Guide MN06065 for details).

0 -Active Pulse Input1 -Contact Type Input

390 0 Active Pulse Input

Help MessageSelect active or contact type of meter pulse input.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

400 - System Temperature and DensityDirectory

440 - Protection of Program Codes 480-489This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (480 through 489) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 480 through 489 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria, the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

440 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 480through 489.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 51: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 43

441 - Temperature UnitsThis one digit entry is used to establish which tem-perature scale is to be used.

0 - No Temperature Units1 - Fahrenheit Scale2 - Celsius Scale

441 1 Fahrenheit Scale

Note: A zero entry, signifying No Temperature Selected, will causea common message:

No Temperature Used

to be displayed for all temperature related program codes whenviewed in the program menu or through communications.

If the temperature option is not installed via the Ac-cuLoad II Control Module (ACM), the display willshow:

441 No Temp Installed

and no entries will be allowed.

Help Message

Select units of temperature: None, Fahrenheit, Cel-sius.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with other pro-gram code entries.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

442 - Reference TemperatureThe actual uncompensated volume throughput istemperature compensated to its equivalent volume atthis four digit reference temperature in tenth degrees.The most common reference temperatures are 60.0Deg. F and 15.0 Deg. C.

442 060.0 Reference °F

Note: If code 441 is programmed "0", No Temperature Selected,the display will read:

442 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Reference temperature used as the base for correc-tion of liquid volume.

443 - Density UnitsThis one digit entry is used to establish which densityscale is to be used.

0 - No Density Units1 - Lbs/Ft32 - Kgs/M3

Note: A zero entry, signifying No Density Installed, will cause acommon message:

443 1 Lb/F3 Density Unit

to be displayed for all density related program codes when viewed inthe program menu or through communications.

443 No Density Used

Help Message

Select units of density: None, Lbs/ft3, Kgs/m.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with other pro-gram code entries.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 52: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

44 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

444 - Volume/Mass ConversionThis code allows for entry of the volume units to beused in the volume to mass conversion. The massunits displayed are those selected in the mass unitsprogram code (445). The volume units which may beselected are as follows:

0 - Gallons per (Pound or Kilogram)1 - Dekaliters per (Pound or Kilogram)2 - Liters per (Pound or Kilogram)3 - Barrels per (Pound or Kilogram)4 - Cubic Meters per (Pound or Kilogram)

Note: Pound or kilogram as programmed in code 443.

444 0 Gal/lbs = Vol/Mass

Help Message

Enter units for volume to mass conversion.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

445 - Mass UnitsThis code allows a three character entry message toserve as the display unit identifier for the mass of theproduct. The data entry allows the following charac-ters to be selected as part of the display unit prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W

X Y Z• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

445 Lbs = Mass Units

Note: Mass units will be displayed whenever mass entry is selectedfor delivery.

Help Message

Enter a three alphanumeric character mass unitidentifier.

500 - System Pressure Directory

540 - Protection of Program Codes 580-589This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (580 through 589) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 580 through 589 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria, the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

540 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 580through 589.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

541 - Pressure UnitsThis one digit entry is used to establish which pres-sure scale is to be used if there is a pressure trans-ducer installed.

0 - No Pressure Units1 - Psi Used (absolute or gage but cannot be

mixed)2 - Bar Used3 - Kgcm Used

541 1 Psi Pressure Unit

Note: A zero entry, signifying No Pressure Transducer installed,will cause a common message:

No Pressure Used

to be displayed for all pressure related program codes when viewedin the program menu or through communications.

Page 53: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 45

If the pressure option is not installed via theAccuLoad II Control Module (ACM), the display willshow:

541 No Press Installed

and no entries will be allowed.

Help Message

Select units of pressure: None, PSI, Bar, Kgcm.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with other pro-gram code entries.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

600 - System Read Only Directory

601 - Injector 1 Non-resettable TotalsThis code will display the additive injector #1 non-resettable throughput total.

601 Inj1 Total 000000000

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable additive injector 1throughput total.

602 - Injector 2 Non-resettable TotalsThis code will display the additive injector #2 non-resettable throughput total.

602 Inj2 Total 000000000

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable additive injector 2throughput total.

603 - Injector 3 Non-resettable TotalsThis code will display the additive injector #3 non-resettable throughput total.

603 Inj3 Total 000000000

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable additive injector 3throughput total.

604 - Injector 4 Non-resettable TotalsThis code will display the additive injector #4 non-resettable throughput total.

604 Inj4 Total 000000000

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable additive injector 4throughput total.

605 - Injector 5 Non-resettable TotalsThis code will display the additive injector #5 non-resettable throughput total.

605 Inj5 Total 000000000

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable additive injector 5throughput total.

606 - Injector 6 Non-resettable TotalsThis code will display the additive injector #6 non-resettable throughput total.

606 Inj6 Total 000000000

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable additive injector 6throughput total.

Page 54: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

46 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

607 - Injector 7 Non-resettable TotalsThis code will display the additive injector #7 non-resettable throughput total.

607 Inj7 Total 000000000

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable additive injector 7throughput total.

608 - Injector 8 Non-resettable TotalsThis code will display the additive injector #8 non-resettable throughput total.

608 Inj8 Total 000000000

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable additive injector 8throughput total.

609 - Local Storage TransactionsThis program code shows the maximum number oftransactions that can be stored while in the localstorage mode of operation, and the current number(if any) of transactions stored in the local storagemode.

609 M000 A000 R000 S000

M000 = The maximum number of transactions thatcan be stored for this meter position. Atleast twenty-five transactions will be storedin the AccuLoad II.

A000 = The total number of transactions currentlyin storage including those stored in theStandby Mode.

R000 = The total number of transactions that havebeen stored since the unit first went intoStandby Mode. If Standby Mode has beenterminated, but the Clear Transactioncommunications command has not beenissued (or the transactions have not beencleared through the program code 955),this number will continue to increment.When it is equal to the maximumtransaction number, a storage full condition(’SF’ alarm) will occur and furthertransactions will not be permitted. Clearingthe transactions through communicationsor directory 900 will reset this number backto zero and allow normal operation tocontinue.

S000 = The total number of transactions run in theStandby Mode only.

Help Message

View the maximum and used portions of transactionmemory in transactions.

640 - Protection of Program Codes 680-689This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (680 through 689) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 680 through 689 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria, the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

640 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 680through 689.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 55: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 47

700 - System Communication Directory

701 - EIA-232 Communication TypeThis program code defines the type of communicat-ing device to be used in the system by the EIA-232AccuLoad II communications port. The codes possi-ble are:

0 - No Communications - The AccuLoad II

EIA-232 communications port is notselected for use.

1 - EIA Type Terminal - The AccuLoad IIEIA-232 communications port communi-cates with a terminal type device using asimplified communications protocol.

2 - EIA Type Minicomputer - The AccuLoadII EIA-232 communications port communi-cates with a minicomputer type deviceusing a sophisticated and secure communi-cations protocol.

701 1 EIA RS-232 Term

Note: A zero entry, signifying No EIA-232 Communicationsinstalled, will cause a common message:

RS-232 Not Used

to be displayed for all EIA-232 related program codes.

Help Message

Select the type of communicating device used withthe EIA-232 port.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

702 - EIA-232 Communication ControlThis code sets the amount of control that the EIA-232communications device has over the AccuLoad II.The various degrees of control are:

0 - Polling Only - Permits the EIA-232communication device to request informa-tion only.

1 - Poll and Authorize - Permits the EIA-232communication device to request informa-tion and to authorize operation.

2 - Remote Control - Permits the EIA-232communication device to have completecontrol over all operations.

3 - Auto Out - Permits the AccuLoad IIthrough the EIA-232 communication port toautomatically output an end of a trans-action report to a printer connected to theAccuLoad II. See Product Receipt Ticket.

4 - Shared Auto Out - Same as above exceptthe output report will go to a shared printerconnected to one or more AccuLoad IIs.

Note: A report may also optionally be selected on demand. SeePrint Ticket Request program code 781.

Note: Only one of the AccuLoad II's communications ports may beprogrammed to the Poll and Authorize or Remote Control Mode.

702 1 Poll & Authorize

Help Message

Select the degree of communication control for theEIA- 232 port.

Warning

Critical: The other port selection conflicts with thisentry.

Critical: DEC Security Protocol requires 8-bit data.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 56: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

48 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

PRODUCT RECEIPT TICKET hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh --- hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh BILL OF LADING hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh dd-dd-dd tt : tt a hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh Page x of x

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiiixxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii

Meter ID: mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm Transaction Number: nnnn HM Classification: cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccCustomer: ____________________________________________________________________ Carrier: ____________________________________________________________________Operator: ____________________________________________________________________

BATCH VOLUME TOTALS LIVE AVERAGES --------------------- ---------------

RAW GROSS GST NET MASS Temp Density--- ----- --- --- ---- ---- -------Gal Gal Gal Gal Lbs F Lb/F3

Recipe 1 vvvvvv vvvvv vvvvv vvvvv tttt.t dddd.d

Product1 vvvvvv vvvvv vvvvv vvvvv tttt.t dddd.dProduct2 vvvvvv vvvvv vvvvv vvvvv tttt.t dddd.dProduct3 vvvvvv vvvvv vvvvv vvvvv tttt.t dddd.dProduct4 vvvvvv vvvvv vvvvv vvvvv tttt.t dddd.d

Additive Volumes: Additive1:aaaaa.aaa Additive2:aaaaa.aaa Additive3:aaaaa.aaaAdditive4:aaaaa.aaa Additive5:aaaaa.aaa Additive6:aaaaa.aaaAdditive7:aaaaa.aaa Additive8:aaaaa.aaa

Alarms:R:00, R:11, R:22, R:33, R:44, R:55, R:66, R:77, R:88, R:99.

This is to certify that the above-named materials are properly classified,described, packaged, marked, and labeled and are in proper condition fortransportation according to the applicable DOT regulations.

______________________________________________________Driver Signature

______________________________________________________Signature of Receiving Agent

Smith AccuLoad II-RBU

Page 57: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 49

PRODUCT RECEIPT TICKET hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh --- hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh BILL OF LADING hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh dd-dd-dd tt : tt a hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh Page x of x

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiiixxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii

Meter ID: mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm Transaction Number: nnnn HM Classification: cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccCustomer: _______________________________________________________________________ Carrier: _______________________________________________________________________Operator: _______________________________________________________________________

TRANSACTION VOLUME TOTALS LIVE AVERAGES REFERENCE------------------------- ------------- ---------

RAW GROSS GST NET MASS Temp Density Density--- ----- --- --- ---- ---- ------- -------Gal Gal Gal Gal Lbs F Lb/F3

Recipe 1 vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvv tttt.tRecipe 2 vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvv tttt.tRecipe 3 vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvv tttt.tRecipe 4 vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvv tttt.tRecipe 5 vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvv tttt.tRecipe 6 vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvv tttt.t

Product1 vvvvvv vvvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvv tttt.t dddd.d rrrrrrProduct2 vvvvvv vvvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvv tttt.t dddd.d rrrrrrProduct3 vvvvvv vvvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvv tttt.t dddd.d rrrrrrProduct4 vvvvvv vvvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvv tttt.t dddd.d rrrrrr

Additive Volumes: Additive1:aaaaa.aaa Additive2:aaaaa.aaa Additive3:aaaaa.aaaAdditive4:aaaaa.aaa Additive5:aaaaa.aaa Additive6:aaaaa.aaaAdditive7:aaaaa.aaa Additive8:aaaaa.aaa

Alarms:R:00, R:11, R:22, R:33, R:44, R:55, R:66, R:77, R:88, R:99.

This is to certify that the above-named materials are properly classified,described, packaged, marked, and labeled and are in proper condition fortransportation according to the applicable DOT regulations.

______________________________________________________Driver Signature

______________________________________________________Signature of Receiving Agent

Smith AccuLoad II-RBU

Page 58: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

50 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

NOTES:

hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh = User defined messageswhich are set up in program codes S710 throughS714

dd-dd-dd = Date:MMDDYY for Standard TimeDDMMYY for Military Time

tt:tt = Time HHMMa = A (Standard Time - A.M.)

P (Standard Time - P.M.)M (Military Time)

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx = Prompt messages whichare set up in program codes 715 through 719

iiiiiiiii = Prompt input data

mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm = Meter ID isdefined in program code 720

cccccccccccccccccccc = First 20 characters of HMClassification are defined in program code P701

cccccccccccccccccccc = Second 20 characters aredefined in program code P702

cccccccccccccccccccc = Third 20 characters aredefined in program code P703

cccccccccccccccccccc = Last 20 characters aredefined in program code P704

vvvvv = Volume of product delivered

tttt.t= Average Temperature

pppp.p= Average Pressure

dddd.d= Average Density

f.ffff= Average Meter Factor

vvvvv.vvv= Volume of Additive Delivered

aaaaa.aaa= Additive Volume

rrrrrr= Reference Density

XYZ= Software Version

Note: Reference density will not be included on the report for aproduct if a densitometer is installed for that product.

Note: Load average density and temperature are suppressed if notinstalled.

If a feature is not installed or there are no alarmspresent, a blank line will be in place of the data.

The Shared Auto Out Printer option differs from theAuto Out option in that the Auto Out uses a dedi-cated printer per AccuLoad II. The Shared Auto Outoption may have a single printer multi-dropped onone to sixteen AccuLoad IIs. This is accomplished byconnecting the RTS and CTS of all the AccuLoad IIsusing the printer to each other. The following de-scribes the logic used by the AccuLoad II to ensurethere will be no competition for the common transmitand receive lines.

Logic for the Shared Auto Out Printer.

Start the Master Print timer (if required).

Start the random clock timer.

Note: Timer has a random time-out between 0.2 and 0.5 seconds in0.01 seconds resolution.

When random timer expires, see if the CTS (Clear toSend) line is active.

If CTS active:

Check master time-out and repeat the random time-out procedure.

If CTS not active:

Set DTR (Data Terminal Ready) active.

Set the RTS (Request to Send) active.

Check that the CTS went active.

If CTS still not active:

Drop DTR/RTS and repeat the random time-outprocedure.

If CTS is now active:

Deactivate the RTS line.

Check if the CTS line went inactive.

If CTS is now inactive reassert the RTS line and startthe print else, drop DTR/RTS and repeat the randomtime-out procedure.

Page 59: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 51

703 - EIA-232 Baud RateThis code is used to select the baud rate at which theEIA-232 communications port is to communicate withother devices.

0 - 110 Baud1 - 150 Baud2 - 300 Baud3 - 600 Baud4 - 1200 Baud5 - 2400 Baud6 - 3600 Baud7 - 4800 Baud8 - 7200 Baud9 - 9600 Baud

703 9 RS-232 9600 Baud

Note: If code 701 is set to "0", No Communications, this code willread:

703 RS-232 Not Used

Help Message

Select the baud rate for EIA-232 communicationsport: 110 through 9600 bps.

704 - EIA-232 Data FormatThis program code is used to select the number ofbits per character and the type of parity for the EIA-232 Communication Port.

0 - 7 BITS EVEN PARITY1 - 7 BITS ODD PARITY2 - 7 BITS NO PARITY3 - 8 BITS EVEN PARITY4 - 8 BITS ODD PARITY5 - 8 BITS NO PARITY

704 0 RS-232 8 Bits Even

Note: If code 701 is set to "0", No Communications, this code willread:

704 RS-232 Not Used

Help Message

Select the data format: number of bits per characterand type of parity.

Warning

Critical: DEC Security Protocol requires 8-bit data.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

705 - EIA-485 Communication TypeThis code defines the type of communicating deviceto be used in the system by the EIA-485 communica-tions port. The codes possible are:

0 - No Communications - The AccuLoad IIEIA-485 communications port is notselected for use.

1 - EIA Type Terminal - The AccuLoad IIEIA-485 communications port communi-cates with a terminal type device using asimplified communications protocol.

2 - EIA Type Minicomputer - The AccuLoadII EIA-485 communications port communi-cates with a minicomputer type deviceusing a sophisticated and secure commun-ications protocol.

705 1 EIA RS-485 Term

Note: If the EIA-485 communications option is not installed via theAccuLoad Control Module (ACM), the display will show:

705 RS-485 Not Installed

and no entries will be allowed.

Note: A zero entry, signifying No EIA-485 CommunicationsInstalled, will cause a common message:

705 RS-485 Not Used

to be displayed for all EIA-485 related program codes.

Page 60: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

52 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Help Message

Select the type of communicating device used withthe EIA-485 port.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

706 - EIA-485 Communication ControlThis code sets the amount of control that the EIA-485communications device has over the AccuLoad II.

0 - Polling Only - Permits the EIA-485 com-munication device to request informationonly.

1 - Poll and Authorize - Permits the EIA-485communication device to request inform-ation and to authorize operation.

2 - Remote Control - Permits the EIA-485communication device to have completecontrol over all operations.

3 - Auto Out - Permits the AccuLoad II throughthe EIA-485 communication port to auto-matically output an end of a transactionreport to a printer connected to the Accu-Load II.

4 - Shared Auto Out - Same as above exceptthe output report will go to a shared printerconnected to one or more AccuLoad IIs.

Note: A report may also optionally be selected on demand. SeePrint Transaction program code 781.

Note: Only one of the AccuLoad II's communications ports may beprogrammed to the Poll and Authorize or Remote Control mode.

706 1 Poll & Authorize

Note: If code 705 is set to "0", No Communications, this code willread:

706 RS-485 Not Used

Help Message

Select the degree of communication control for theEIA- 485 port.

Warning

Critical: The other port selection conflicts with thisentry.

Critical: DEC Security Protocol requires 8-bit data.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

707 - EIA-485 Baud RateThis program code is used to select the baud rate atwhich the EIA-485 communications port is to com-municate with other devices.

0 - 110 Baud1 - 150 Baud2 - 300 Baud3 - 600 Baud4 - 1200 Baud5 - 2400 Baud6 - 3600 Baud7 - 4800 Baud8 - 7200 Baud9 - 9600 Baud

707 9 RS-485 9600 Baud

Note: If code 705 is set to "0", No Communications, this code willread:

707 RS-485 Not Used

Help Message

Select the baud rate for EIA-485 communicationsport: 110 through 9600 bps.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 61: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 53

708 - EIA-485 Data FormatThis code is used to select the number of bits percharacter and the type of parity for the EIA-485communication port.

0 - 7 BITS EVEN PARITY1 - 7 BITS ODD PARITY2 - 7 BITS NO PARITY3 - 8 BITS EVEN PARITY4 - 8 BITS ODD PARITY5 - 8 BITS NO PARITY

708 0 RS-485 7 Bits Even

Note: If code 705 is set to "0", No Communications, this code willread:

708 RS-485 Not Used

Help Message

Select the data format: number of bits per characterand type of parity.

Warning

Critical: DEC Security Protocol requires 8-bit data.

Fatal WarningFatal: Entry is out of specified range.

709 - Communication AddressThis code is used to uniquely identify up to 16 Accu-Load IIs when they are communicating with the samedevice. The address may range from 01 through 99,with 00 being an invalid address.

709 02 Com Address

Help Message

Enter a unique communication address to identifythis meter position.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: This program code entry must not be zero.

710, 711, 712, 713, 714 - Printer OutputMessagesThese 5 program codes will allow 20 character en-tries that will be printed out on the ticket if it is pro-grammed to be used. See Appendix 6 for location ofdata on the printout. The data entry will allow thefollowing characters to be selected as part of theprompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

711 Smith Meter Company

Help Message

Enter text-header for printed transaction report.

715, 716, 717, 718, 719 - Prompt MessagesThese 5 program codes will allow 20 character en-tries to prompt the operator when the associatedprompt message is programmed in. The promptmessages may be used in the Automation StandbyMode only or always. The prompts may also beprinted on the load ticket if so programmed. See Ap-pendix 6 for location of prompts on the ticket. Thedata entry will allow the following characters to beselected as part of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W

X Y Z• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

717 Enter Driver I.D. No.

Help Message

Enter a prompt message - 20 character maximumentry.

Page 62: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

54 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

720 - Meter IDThis code will allow the entry of a meter identificationof up to twenty characters for use on the product re-ceipt ticket. See Appendix 6 for location of the meteridentification on the load ticket. The data entry willallow the following characters to be selected as partof the message:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

720 XX12

Help Message

Enter a meter ID - 20 character maximum entry.

721 - Print SummaryThis program code allows the user to select the type

of output report that the AccuLoad will format for thedelivery report. The first three options (0, 1, 2) pro-vide the user with a preformatted receipt ticket, op-tion (3) allows the user to configure the receipt ticketfor his format.

The codes possible are:

0 - Summary with Report - The product de-livery report will consist of batch pages (oneper batch) and a summary page.

1 - No Summary with Report - The productdelivery report will consist of the batchpages (one per batch) only. No summarywill be included.

2 - Summary Only - The product deliveryreport will consist of the summary pageonly.

3 -* Configurable Report - The productinformation is configurable as to what isprinted and the location of the data.

721 3 Configurable Reprt

Help Message

Select Print Summary with Report, Do Not PrintSummary with Report, Print Summary Only, or PrintConfigurable Report.

Warning

Warning: Pressing “ENTER” will cause all local stor-age data to be lost.

Note: This message applies to RBU-11 and above firmware.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Note: * This option applies to RBU-01 and above firmware.

722 - Print VolumesThis code allows the user to select the recipe vol-umes, product volumes, or both to be printed on theproduct receipt ticket.

The codes possible are:

0 - Print all volumes - Both recipe volumes and product volumes will be included on the

product receipt ticket.

1 - Print recipe volumes only - Recipe vol-umes only will be on the product receiptticket.

2 - Print product volu mes only - Product vol-umes only will be on the product receiptticket.

722 0 Print recipe+prod

Help Message

Select Print Recipe Totals, Product Totals, or both.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 63: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 55

723 - Report Summary HM ClassificationThis one digit entry allows the selection of whichproduct's Hazardous Materials (HM) Classificationwill be printed on the summary page of the report.

1 - Product 12 - Product 23 - Product 34 - Product 4

723 2 HM Class Product 2

Help Message

Select the product's HM classification to be printedon the summary page of the report.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

724 - Delivery Report DisplayThis code allows the operator to step through the de-livery report line by line and read the entry that hasbeen configured for that line. The ticket is displayedin sequential order, first by line number and secondby the column number. For example if two entriesare entered on line ten, the first starting in column 5and the second in column 35 they would be displayedas follows:

724 Ln 10,CL 05,ENT 6

Press "ENTER" to view the next defined entry.

724 Ln 10,CL 35,ENT 9

Help Message

Data Entry = XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX. Pressthe "ENTER" key to display each line of the configu-ration delivery report.

Where: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX is the de-scriptor for the data entry number.

Note: This code applies to RBU-01 and above firmware.

Page 64: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

56 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

CONFIGURABLE TRANSAC TION DELIVERY REPORT SAMPLE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890 1 2 PRODUCT RECEIPT TICKET HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH 3 ----- HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH 4 BILL OF LADING HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH 5 HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH 6 dd-dd-dd tt:tt a HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH 7 8 Page 7 of 7 910 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX IIIIIIIII XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX IIIIIIIII 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX IIIIIIIII XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX IIIIIIIII 2 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX IIIIIIIII 3 4 Meter ID: MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM Transaction Number: NNNN 5 HM Classification: BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC 6 EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF 7 Customer: 8 Carrier: 9 Operator:20 1 TRANSACTION VOLUME TOTALS LIVE AVERAGES REFERENCE 2 3 JJJJJ KKKKK LLLLL Temp Density Density 4 ----- ----- ----- ------ ------- ------- 5 ZZZ ZZZ ZZZ G UUUUU 6 7 eeeeeeee VVVVVV >VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T 8 ffffffff VVVVVV >VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T 9 gggggggg VVVVVV >VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T30 hhhhhhhh VVVVVV >VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T 1 iiiiiiii VVVVVV >VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T 2 jjjjjjjj VVVVVV >VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T 3 4 wwwwwwwww VVVVVV VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T DDDD.D RRRRRR 5 xxxxxxxxx VVVVVV VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T DDDD.D RRRRRR 6 yyyyyyyyy VVVVVV VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T DDDD.D RRRRRR 7 zzzzzzzzz VVVVVV VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T DDDD.D RRRRRR 8 940 Additive Volumes: kkkkkkkkk:AAAAA.AAA lllllllll:AAAAA.AAA mmmmmmmmm:AAAAA.AAA 1 in YYY nnnnnnnnn:AAAAA.AAA ooooooooo:AAAAA.AAA ppppppppp:AAAAA.AAA 2 qqqqqqqqq:AAAAA.AAA rrrrrrrrr:AAAAA.AAA 3 4 Alarms: R:00b R:11b R:22b R:33b R:44b R:55b R:66b R:77b R:88b R:99b 5 6 This is to certify that the above-named materials are properly classified, 7 described, package, marked, and label and are in proper condition for 8 transportation according to the applicable DOT regulations. 950 1 2 3 Driver Signature 4 5 6 7 Receiving Agent Signature 8 9 Note: Boldface indicates that these items are60 configurable.

Page 65: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 57

CONFIGURABLE BATCH DELIVERY REPORT SAMPLE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890 1 2 PRODUCT RECEIPT TICKET HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH 3 ----- HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH 4 BILL OF LADING HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH 5 HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH 6 dd-dd-dd tt:tt a HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH 7 8 Page 2 of 7 910 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX IIIIIIIII XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX IIIIIIIII 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX IIIIIIIII XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX IIIIIIIII 2 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX IIIIIIIII 3 4 Meter ID: MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM Transaction Number: NNNN 5 HM Classification: BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC 6 EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF 7 Customer: 8 Carrier: 9 Operator:20 1 BATCH VOLUME TOTALS LIVE AVERAGES 2 ------------------------------ ----------------------- 3 JJJJJ KKKKK LLLLL Temp Density 4 ----- ----- ----- ------- ------- 5 ZZZ ZZZ ZZZ G UUUUU 6 7 fffffffff VVVVVV >VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T DDDD.D 8 9 wwwwwwwww VVVVVV VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T DDDD.D30 xxxxxxxxx VVVVVV VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T DDDD.D 1 yyyyyyyyy VVVVVV VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T DDDD.D 2 zzzzzzzzz VVVVVV VVVVVV VVVVVV TTTT.T DDDD.D 3 4 5 Additive Volumes: kkkkkkkkk:AAAAA.AAA lllllllll:AAAAA.AAA mmmmmmmmm:AAAAA.AAA 6 in FFF nnnnnnnnn:AAAAA.AAA ooooooooo:AAAAA.AAA ppppppppp:AAAAA.AAA 7 qqqqqqqqq:AAAAA.AAA rrrrrrrrr:AAAAA.AAA 8 9 Alarms: R:00b R:11b R:22b R:33b R:44b R:55b R:66b R:77b R:88b R:99b40 1 This is to certify that the above-named materials are properly classified, 2 described, package, marked, and label and are in proper condition for 3 transportation according to the applicable DOT regulations. 4 5 6 7 Driver Signature 8 950 Receiving Agent Signature 1 2 3 4 5 6 Note: Boldface indicates that these items are 7 configurable. 8 960

Page 66: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

58 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

LEGEND FOR BATCH AND TRANSACTION SUMMARY SHEET

AAAAA.AAA Volume for the appropriate additive injector, foreither the batch or transaction depending on theconfigurable report you are looking at.

BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB First twenty characters of the HM Classification asdefined in the Product Communication Directory, ProgramCode 701.

CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC Second twenty characters of the HM Classificationas defined in the Product Communication Direc-tory, Program Code 702.

DDDD.D Load Average Density

EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE Third twenty characters of the HM Classificationas defined in the Product Communication Direc-tory, Program Code 703.

FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF Last twenty characters of the HM Classificationas defined in the Product Communication Direc-tory, Program Code 704.

G Temperature units.

HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH User defined free-form text messages which aretwenty characters in length and are set up in theSystem Communication Directory, Program Codes 710-714.

IIIIIIIII Response to the prompt messages which are ninecharacters in length, which are set-up in codes715 through 719. These responses are defined inthe Systems Communication Directory, Programcodes 745 - 749.

JJJJJ First volume type selected for local storage.

KKKKK Second volume type selected for local storage.

LLLLL Third volume type selected for local storage.

MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM Meter Identification number which is twentycharacters in length. This is defined in theSystem Communication Directory, Program Code 720.

NNNN Transaction number, four characters in length

RRRRRR Reference density.

TTTT.T Load average temperature.

UUUUU Density units.

VVVVVV Volume for the appropriate products, for eitherthe batch or transaction depending on theconfigurable report you are looking at.

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX User defined prompt messages which are twentycharacters in length and are set-up in the SystemCommunication Directory, Program Codes 715 - 719.

YYY Additive injector volume units.

ZZZ Volume type based units, either liquid or solid.Up to four characters are allowed.

Page 67: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 59

a Date and time units, either standard (am (a) orpm (p)) or military (M).

dd-dd-dd Date when transaction ended.

eeeeeeeee Name of the first unique recipe ran for thetransaction.

fffffffff Name of the second unique recipe ran for thetransaction.

ggggggggg Name of the third unique recipe ran for thetransaction.

hhhhhhhhh Name of the fourth unique recipe ran for thetransaction.

iiiiiiiii Name of the fifth unique recipe ran for thetransaction.

jjjjjjjjj Name of the sixth unique recipe ran for thetransaction.

kkkkkkkkk Additive injector 1 identifier.

lllllllll Additive injector 2 identifier.

mmmmmmmmm Additive injector 3 identifier.

nnnnnnnnn Additive injector 4 identifier.

ooooooooo Additive injector 5 identifier.

ppppppppp Additive injector 6 identifier.

qqqqqqqqq Additive injector 7 identifier.

rrrrrrrrr Additive injector 8 identifier.

tt:tt Time when transaction ended.

wwwwwwwww Name of product number one.

Page 68: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

60 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

xxxxxxxxx Name of product number two.

yyyyyyyyy Name of product number three.

zzzzzzzzz Name of product number four.

R:00b to R:99b Alarm history, where b indicates in which batchthe error occurred.

Page 69: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 61

740 - Protection of Program Codes 780-789This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (780 through 789) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 780 through 789 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria, the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

740 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 780through 789.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

741 - Communication Link ProgrammingThis one digit entry allows selection of what group ofprogram code values may be changed through thecommunication link.

0 - No Program Code Values.This selection would not allow changes toprogrammable codes or resetting of alarmsthrough communications commands.

1 - Prog Values Only.This selection would allow thosecommands under the Program Modesecurity X01 through X39 of any directoryand X80 through X89 of any directory ifselected as program entries in the ProgramSelect program code of that directory to bechanged through the communication link.This also will enable the resetting of alarmsthrough communications.

2 - Prog & W/M Values.This selection would allow those programcodes under the Program and Weights andMeasures security, X01 through X89, to bechanged through communications and alsowill enable resetting of alarms commun-ications command.

3 - Alarms Reset Only.This selection would only allow the alarmsto be reset through communications.

Note: High-security program codes X90 through X99 will only beprogrammable through the communications if the AccuLoad II is inthe Program Mode and high-security programming is enabled inprogram code 790.

741 0 No Program Value

Help Message

Select program code groups alterable via the com-munications link.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

742 - Communications Time-outThis three digit code will allow the operator to specifythe amount of time, in seconds, that communicationpolling may be absent before initiating the action de-fined in the Communication Alarm Type programcode.

742 090 Sec Com Time-out

Note: An entry of zero seconds will prevent any of the options incode 743 from occurring and will remove the unit from the StandbyMode if currently active.

Help Message

Enter elapse time in seconds of comm fail beforesignaling an alarm.

Page 70: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

62 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

743 - Communications Alarm ModeThis one digit code allows the operator to specify thetype of action the AccuLoad II will take when thecommunications time-out expires.

The type of actions possible with the correspondingentry number are as follows (assume a time value of90 seconds):

0 - Standby Mode. Unit enters StandbyMode when communications polling hasceased for the time value entered in thecommunication time-out code (742) (e.g.,90 seconds). The only restriction is that thecommunications mode programmed is Polland Authorize or Remote Control andcommunications is installed. Any validcommunications commands received bythe AccuLoad II will reset the timer.Transaction information will be protected inlocal storage. No communication alarm willbe issued.

1 - Communication Al arm Mode. Unitissues a communications alarm whencommunications polling has ceased for thetime value entered (e.g., 90 seconds). Theonly restriction is that the communicationsmode must be Poll and Authorize orRemote Control and communications isinstalled. Any valid communicationscommand received by the AccuLoad II orclearing of the alarm will reset the timer.The alarm may be cleared manually orthrough communications. The unit will notenter Standby Mode. Selection of thisoption will remove the unit from StandbyMode if active.

2 - Standby and Communication AlarmMode. Unit enters Standby Mode andissues a communications alarm whencommunications polling has ceased for thetime value entered (e.g., 90 seconds). Theonly restriction is that the communicationsmode must be Poll and Authorize orRemote Control and communications isinstalled. Any valid communications com-mands received by the AccuLoad II willreset the timer. The Communications alarmwill not be issued again while the unit is inStandby Mode. The communications alarmmay be cleared manually or throughcommunications. Transaction informationwill be protected in local storage.

Note: Clearing of the communications alarm through communi-cations cannot be done while the unit is in Standby Mode.

743 0 Standby Mode

Help Message

Select the mode of operation following a comm failtime-out.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

744 - Prompt Time-outThis three digit code represents the amount of delay,in seconds, allowed with the prompt messages. Thiswill be the overall time-out that will apply for each ofthe prompted data entries used. Upon time-out, theAccuLoad II will cancel the present prompting mes-sage and return to the "READY" display. The rangeof this entry is 010 - 999 seconds.

744 010 Sec Prompt Time

Help Message

Enter the time, in seconds, for display of promptmessages.

Page 71: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 63

745, 746, 747, 748, 749 - Prompts Data EntryLength and Display TypeThese five two digit numeric entry codes will repre-sent the amount of data allowed with the associatedprompt message and whether the data is hidden (anX is echoed back for each digit pressed) or displayed(the digit pressed is echoed back as is). The first digitentered must be a zero (displayed data entry) or aone (hidden data entry). The second digit enteredrepresents the maximum amount of digits allowed forthe associated prompt display. A zero for this entrywill use the associated prompt (if selected) as a mes-sage only, no data will be required or allowed. A non-zero entry, one through nine, will allow up to thatnumber of digits to be entered with its associatedprompt display. (e.g., program code 745 set to "04"means when the associated prompt is used, the dataentered will be displayed and anywhere from zero tofour digits of data may be entered.) Finally, the "EN-TER" key must be used to enter the data or incre-ment to the next prompt, even if no numeric data isrequired.

Note: Codes 745, 746, 747 ,748 and 749 are associated with codes715, 716, 717, 718 and 719 respectively.

745 14 Digits Hidden

Help Message

Select data entry length of that prompt and how dis-played.

750 - Start Key Enable/DisableThis one digit program code allows the ena-bling/disabling of the local "START" key and remotestart input. When the local "START" key is disabled,it will not function at the AccuLoad II. The onlymethod for starting a batch will be through the com-munication remote start command.

0 - Start Key Enabled1 - Start Key Disabled

Note: If the local "START" key is disabled at the AccuLoad II andcommunications is in polling only, the AccuLoad II will not be able tostart a transaction until the parameters are properly set. If a localstart is attempted the message:

No Local Start Allowed

will be displayed.

750 0 Start Key Enabled

Select Local Start Key Operation & Optional RemoteStart Input.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

751 - Shared Printer Out AlarmThis code is used to select the type of alarm that willbe generated on a shared printer (SP) out failure.

0 - No SP Alarm (No alarm will be generatedon a shared auto out failure.)

1 - Local SP alarm (The alarm generated willbe clearable by the operator if local alarmclearing is selected.)

2 - Program SP Alarm (The alarm generatedwill be clearable only by entering theProgram Mode.)

751 No SP Alarm

Help Message

Select the shared printer (SP) alarm type desired:None, Local, Program.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 72: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

64 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

752 - Shared Printer Out TimerThis two digit program code is used to select theamount of time in minutes the AccuLoad II will waitbefore issuing a Shared Printer (SP) Alarm. A SharedPrinter Alarm is issued if, within the time selected,the AccuLoad II does not see the CTS line go inac-tive.

Note: Anytime the line goes inactive the timer is reset. An entry ofzero will result in no shared printer alarm being generated. However, the AccuLoad II will wait an unlimited amount of time forthe CTS line to clear so the report may be printed.

While a report is printing or waiting to be printed, notransaction may be started.

752 05 Min SP Alarm Time

Help Message

Select the time in minutes before a shared printer(SP) alarm is issued.

753 - EIA-232 Printer SecurityThis code is used to select the type of printer feed-back to be used for the EIA-232 communication port.

0 - No EIA-232 Security

1 - XON/XOFF EIA-232

This security protocol is designed to keep

the printer buffer from overflowing. Thisallows the AccuLoad II to transmit data at ahigher baud rate than the speed of theprinter.

The printer sends an XOFF (13 hex) when

the print buffer is nearly full. This signalsthe AccuLoad II to stop sending data. TheAccuLoad II waits for the printer to send anXON (11 hex) signifying that it is ready formore data. The amount of time that theAccuLoad II waits before sending an alarmis dependent on the Shared Printer OutTimer (752). Note that if the SharedPrinter Out Timer is set to zero, an alarmwill be generated immediately.

2 - DEC PROTOCOL EIA-232

This is the highest printer security level.The AccuLoad II requests a status reportfrom the printer at the start of each print-out. Then the printer is enabled to sendunsolicited status reports on the detectionof a fault. When a fault is reported to theAccuLoad II, the printout is suspendedand a message is displayed identifying thefault. This fault does not become analarm until the Shared Printer Out Timer(752) expires. This waiting period is de-signed to allow the operator time to cor-rect the fault by putting the printer on-line,reloading the paper, etc. If the fault iscorrected before the time-out expires, thefault message will be replaced with thenormal display and the printout will pro-ceed.

3 - PTB - FX PROTOCOL EIA-232

This security level is designed to supportPTB Weights and Measures Agency ap-proved printer interface. This interface iscurrently supported by, and applies to theEpson FX-850 printer.

This interface uses a data block structurewith handshaking. The AccuLoad II ini-tially sends an ENQ (enquire) to theprinter. The printer then responds with anACK (acknowledge) and is now ready toreceive a block of data from the AccuLoadII. A block of data is defined to be one lineto be printed. The data is wrapped be-tween a STX (start of text) and an ETX(end of text) and is followed by the longi-tudinal redundancy checksum for the datablock. After the AccuLoad II has sent thedata block, the printer will then respondwith an ACK if the data was received cor-rectly or a NAK (negative acknowledge) ifnot received correctly. If the printer re-sponds with a NAK, the data block will bere-transmitted.

Page 73: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 65

4 - PTB - LQ PROTOCOL EIA-232

This security level is designed to supportPTB Weights and Measures Agency ap-proved printer interface. This interface iscurrently supported by, and applies to theEpson LQ-570 printer.

This interface uses a data block structure

with handshaking. The AccuLoad II initiallysends an ENQ (enquire) to the printer. Theprinter then responds with an ACK (ac-knowledge) and is now ready to receive ablock of data from the AccuLoad II. A blockof data is defined to be one line to beprinted. The data is wrapped between anSTX (start of text) and an ETX (end of text)and is followed by the longitudinal redun-dancy checksum for the data block. Afterthe AccuLoad II has sent the data block,the printer will then respond with an ACK ifthe data was received correctly or a NAK(negative acknowledge) if not received cor-rectly. If the printer responds with a NAK,the data block will be re-transmitted.

Note: If the Shared Printer Out Timer is programmed to zero, analarm will be generated immediately.

Note: Options 3 and 4 apply to RBU-02 and above firmware.

The printer faults that can be detected are:

I2: Print Not Resp (Printer not responding)02: Print Paper Out (Printer out of paper)A2: Print Cover Open (Access cover open)D2: Print Deselected (Printer is off-line)B2: Buffer Overflow (Input buffer overflow)P2: Printer Comm (Communication error)

(e.g., parity)H2: Printer Hardware (Hardware failure)

(printhead)E2: Printer Error (Other than the above)

753 2 DEC Protocol 232

Note: If code 702 is not programmed for options "3" Auto Out or "4"Shared Auto Out, this display will read:

753 Printer Not Used

Help Message

Select the feedback type to be used for RS-232printer security.

Warning

Critical: DEC Security Protocol requires 8-bit data.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

754 - EIA-485 Printer SecurityThis code is used to select the type of printer feed-back to be used for the EIA-485 communication port.

0 - No EIA-485 Security

1 - XON/XOFF EIA-485

This security protocol is designed to keepthe printer buffer from overflowing. Thisallows the AccuLoad II to transmit data at ahigher baud rate than the speed of theprinter.

The printer sends an XOFF (13 hex) whenthe print buffer is nearly full. This signalsthe AccuLoad II to stop sending data. TheAccuLoad II waits for the printer to send anXON (11 hex) signifying that it is ready formore data. The amount of time that theAccuLoad II waits before setting an alarmis dependent on the Shared Printer OutTimer (752). Note that if the SharedPrinter Out Timer is set to zero, an alarmwill be generated immediately.

2 - DEC PROTOCOL 485

This is the highest printer security level.The AccuLoad II requests a status reportfrom the printer at the start of each print-out. Then the printer is enabled to sendunsolicited status reports on the detectionof a fault. When a fault is reported to theAccuLoad II, the printout is suspended anda message is displayed identifying thefault. This fault does not become an alarmuntil the Shared Printer Out Timer (752)expires. This waiting period is designed toallow the operator time to correct the faultby putting the printer on-line, reloading thepaper, etc. If the fault is corrected beforethe time-out expires, the fault message willbe replaced with the normal display andthe printout will proceed.

Page 74: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

66 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

3 - PTB - FX PROTOCOL EIA-485

This security level is designed to supportPTB Weights and Measures Agencyapproved printer interface. This interface iscurrently supported by, and applies to theEpson FX-850 printer.

This interface uses a data block structurewith handshaking. The AccuLoad II initiallysends an ENQ (enquire) to the printer. Theprinter then responds with an ACK(acknowledge) and is now ready to receivea block of data from the AccuLoad II. Ablock of data is defined to be one line to beprinted. The data is wrapped between anSTX (start of text) and an ETX (end of text)and is followed by the longitudinalredundancy checksum for the data block.After the AccuLoad II has sent the datablock, the printer will then respond with anACK if the data was received correctly or aNAK (negative acknowledge) if notreceived correctly. If the printer respondswith a NAK, the data block will be re-transmitted.

4 - TB - LQ PROTOCOL EIA-485

This security level is designed to supportPTB Weights and Measures Agencyapproved printer interface. This interface iscurrently supported by, and applies to theEpson LQ-570 printer.

This interface uses a data block structurewith handshaking. The AccuLoad II initiallysends an ENQ (enquire) to the printer. Theprinter then responds with an ACK(acknowledge) and is now ready to receivea block of data from the AccuLoad II. Ablock of data is defined to be one line to beprinted. The data is wrapped between anSTX (start of text) and an ETX (end of text)and is followed by the longitudinalredundancy checksum for the data block.After the AccuLoad II has sent the datablock, the printer will then respond with anACK if the data was received correctly or aNAK (negative acknowledge) if notreceived correctly. If the printer respondswith a NAK, the data block will be re-transmitted.

Note: If the Shared Printer Out Timer is programmed to zero, analarm will be generated immediately.

Note: Options 3 and 4 apply to RBU-02 and above firmware.

The printer faults that can be detected are:

I4: Print Not Resp (Printer not responding)

04: Pint Paper Out (Printer out of paper)A4: Print Cover Open (Access cover open)D4: Print Deselected (Printer is off-line)B4: Buffer Overflow (Input buffer overflow)P4: Printer Comm (Communication error)

(e.g., parity)H4: Printer Hardware (Hardware failure)

(printhead)E4: Printer Error (Other than the above)

754 0 No 485 Security

Note: If code 706 is not programmed for options "3" Auto Out or "4"Shared Auto Out, this display will read:

754 Printer Not Used

Help Message

Select the feedback type to be used for RS-485printer security.

Warning

Critical: DEC Security Protocol requires 8-bit data.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

755 - Shared Printer Security AlarmThis code is used to select the type of alarm that willbe generated on a Shared Printer (SP) Security Fail-ure.

0 - No Security Alarm (No Shared Printer Secur-ity Alarm will be generated on a Shared PrinterOut Failure.)

1 - Local Clear Security Alarm (The alarm gen-erated will be clearable by the operator if localalarm clearing is selected.)

2 - Program Clear Security Alarm (The alarmgenerated will be clearable only by enteringthe Program Mode.)

755 0 No Security Alarm

Page 75: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 67

Help Message

Select the security alarm type desired: None, Local,Program.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

756 - Volumes to be PrintedThis five digit entry will represent the volumes thatwill be printed on the Product Receipt Ticket. Eachdigit represents one of the volumes that is availablefor printing on the ticket. A zero in the digit indicatesthat the volume will not be printed and a one indi-cates the volume will be printed. The assignment ofthe digits are as follows:

Digit Volume1st Raw Volume2nd Gross Volume3rd Gross at Standard Temperature Volume4th Net Volume5th Mass Totals

Note: Reports that are stored in local storage and then printed, onlythe volumes that are both selected to be saved in local storage(code 307) and selected to be printed will appear on the report.

756 01100 GR GT

Help Message

Select the volumes to be printed on the report.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

757 - Load Parameters to be PrintedThis three digit entry represents the load parametersthat will be printed on the Product Receipt Ticket.Each digit represents one of the parameters that isavailable for printing on the ticket. A zero in the digitindicates that the volume will not be printed and aone indicates the volume will be printed. The assign-ment of the digits are as follows:

Digit Load P arameters1st Temperature2nd Density3rd Reference Density

757 110 TMP DEN ---

Help Message

Select the load parameters to be printed on the re-port.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

758 - Additive Volumes to be PrintedThis eight digit entry represents the additive volumesthat will be printed on the Product Receipt Ticket.Each digit represents one of the additives that isavailable for printing on the ticket. A zero in the digitindicates that the additive will not be printed and aone indicates the additive will be printed. The as-signment of the digits are as follows:

Digit Additive Volume1st - Additive #12nd - Additive #23rd - Additive #34th - Additive #45th - Additive #56th - Additive #67th - Additive #78th - Additive #8

758 10100000 ADD1-3-----

Help Message

Select the additive totals to be printed on the report.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

759 - Configure Delivery ReportThis program code configures the delivery report thatwill be printed out. This report is fully configurable asto the information that will be printed on the reportand the location of the information. To program theDelivery Report the operator enters the line number(up to 9,999), the column number (up to 255) that thedata will start at and the entry (up to 326) that is to beprinted on that line and starting at that column. Thisprocess is repeated for each piece of data that is tobe on the Delivery Report. A maximum of 320 itemscan be programmed to be printed on the configurablereport.

Page 76: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

68 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

The following display indicates that entry 135 fromthe table will be located on line 90 starting at column16 on the form.

759 LN 90,CL 16, ENT135

Programm ing the Deli very Report:

1. Enter the current line number for the datarequired. Press "ENTER".

2. Enter the column that the data is to start at. Press "ENTER".

3. Enter the entry number from the table for the datarequired on the line and starting at the columnentered. Press "ENTER".

4. The AccuLoad II will then store this entry inmemory for the Delivery Report Printout.

Note: The operator must press the "Enter" key three times toretrieve the next sequence of information. The order in which theinformation is retrieved will be the same order as it was entered intothe system. The Delivery Report can be entered in any order.

Note: The operator doesn't have to re-enter all the information againif he wants to change one part, i.e. the column number. First theoperator would press the "Enter" key to move to the column numberfield, maintaining the current line number. Enter the new columnnumber and press the "Enter" key to move to the entry number field.By pressing the "Enter" key the information is then stored inmemory. With this process only the column number was changedand the line and entry numbers remained the same.

Note: To delete information from the Delivery Report move to theentry number field and enter a zero. Then press the "Enter" key.

Note: Entries are not checked for overlapping locations.

Help Message

Data Entry = XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX. Enterline, column and entry numbers to define the configu-ration delivery report. Number of entries left = yyy.

Where: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX is thedescriptor for the data entry number.

yyy is the number of entries remaining thatcan be entered.

Warning

Critical: Entry number is presently not defined.

Warning: Entry limit has been reached. You mustdelete an entry before any additional ones can beentered. To delete an entry, find a line, column notneeded and change the entry number to zero.

Page 77: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 69

Note: This code applies to RBU-01 and above firmware.

The following table provides the entry number, description of the data entry, the code reference (if any), thenumber of columns required for the data, and the bytes that the item will require in local storage. The followingdesignations are used in the byte column of the table:

* - This entry is programmable via a program code entry and is never saved in local storage. Thus, thisentry has no effect on the size of local storage.

** - This entry is always saved.*** - Recipe volumes are never stored in local storage. They are calculated from the product volume. If

the corresponding product volumes are not saved, these volumes will print as zero.**** - Transaction volumes are never saved in local storage. They are calculated from the batch volumes.

If the corresponding batch volumes are not saved in local storage, the transaction volumes will printas zeros.

4 ** This entry is always saved but the number of bytes depends on the number of batches pertransaction.

Items not marked are user selectable to be saved or not saved in local storage.

Note: The user selected volumes mentioned in the table are the volumes that are programmed in code 307 to be stored with the transaction.First, Second, and Third Volumes will vary depending on how code 307 is programmed (i.e., Raw - First, Grs - Second, Gst - Third, or Grs - First,Gst - Second, Mass - Third). Gross is always stored and will either be the First or Second Volume depending if Raw is one of the volumes stored.

DELIVERY REPORT CONFIGURABLE ENTRY TABLE

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns Bytes

1 Alarm History Alarm Codes 60 **

2 Transaction Completion Time and Date 8 **

3 Transaction Number 4 **

4 Response to Prompt Message One 9 4

5 Response to Prompt Message Two 9 4

6 Response to Prompt Message Three 9 4

7 Response to Prompt Message Four 9 4

8 Response to Prompt Message Five 9 4

9 Recipe Name for the First Batch Run R_ _02 9 *

10 Recipe Name for the Second Batch Run R_ _02 9 *

11 Recipe Name for the Third Batch Run R_ _02 9 *

12 Recipe Name for the Fourth Batch Run R_ _02 9 *

13 Recipe Name for the Fifth Batch Run R_ _02 9 *

14 Recipe Name for the Sixth Batch Run R_ _02 9 *

15 First User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume for theFirst Batch Run

6 ***

Page 78: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

70 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns Bytes

16 First User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume for theSecond Batch Run

6 ***

17 First User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume for theThird Batch Run

6 ***

18 First User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume for theFourth Batch Run

6 ***

19 First User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume for theFifth Batch Run

6 ***

20 First User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume for theSixth Batch Run

6 ***

21 Second User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume forthe First Batch Run

6 ***

22 Second User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume forthe Second Batch Run

6 ***

23 Second User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume forthe Third Batch Run

6 ***

24 Second User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume forthe Fourth Batch Run

6 ***

25 Second User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume forthe Fifth Batch Run

6 ***

26 Second User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume forthe Sixth Batch Run

6 ***

27 Third User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume for theFirst Batch Run

6 ***

28 Third User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume for theSecond Batch Run

6 ***

29 Third User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume for theThird Batch Run

6 ***

30 Third User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume for theFourth Batch Run

6 ***

31 Third User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume for theFifth Batch Run

6 ***

32 Third User Selected Volume for the Recipe Volume for theSixth Batch Run

6 ***

33 Recipe Name for the First Recipe Run for the Transaction R__02 9 *

34 Recipe Name for the Second Recipe Run for theTransaction

R__02 9 *

35 Recipe Name for the Third Recipe Run for the Transaction R__02 9 *

Page 79: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 71

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns Bytes

36 Recipe Name for the Fourth Recipe Run for the Transaction R__02 9 *

37 Recipe Name for the Fifth Recipe Run for the Transaction R__02 9 *

38 Recipe Name for the Sixth Recipe Run for the Transaction R__02 9 *

39 Transaction Volume of the First Recipe Run, First UserSelected Volume

6 ****

40 Transaction Volume of the Second Recipe Run, First UserSelected Volume

6 ****

41 Transaction Volume of the Third Recipe Run, First UserSelected Volume

6 ****

42 Transaction Volume of the Fourth Recipe Run, First UserSelected Volume

6 ****

43 Transaction Volume of the Fifth Recipe Run, First UserSelected Volume

6 ****

44 Transaction Volume of the Sixth Recipe Run, First UserSelected Volume

6 ****

45 Transaction Volume of the First Recipe Run, Second UserSelected Volume

6 ****

46 Transaction Volume of the Second Recipe Run, SecondUser Selected Volume

6 ****

47 Transaction Volume of the Third Recipe Run, Second UserSelected Volume

6 ****

48 Transaction Volume of the Fourth Recipe Run, Second UserSelected Volume

6 ****

49 Transaction Volume of the Fifth Recipe Run, Second UserSelected Volume

6 ****

50 Transaction Volume of the Sixth Recipe Run, Second UserSelected Volume

6 ****

51 Transaction Volume of the First Recipe Run, Third UserSelected Volume

6 ****

52 Transaction Volume of the Second Recipe Run, Third UserSelected Volume

6 ****

53 Transaction Volume of the Third Recipe Run, Third UserSelected Volume

6 ****

54 Transaction Volume of the Fourth Recipe Run, Third UserSelected Volume

6 ****

55 Transaction Volume of the Fifth Recipe Run, Third UserSelected Volume

6 ****

Page 80: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

72 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns Bytes

56 Transaction Volume of the Sixth Recipe Run, Third UserSelected Volume

6 ****

57 Additive Number One Name S814 9 *

58 Additive Number Two Name S815 9 *

59 Additive Number Three Name S816 9 *

60 Additive Number Four Name S817 9 *

61 Additive Number Five Name S818 9 *

62 Additive Number Six Name S819 9 *

63 Additive Number Seven Name S820 9 *

64 Additive Number Eight Name S821 9 *

65 Additive Injector # 1 Volume for the First Batch Run 9 4

66 Additive Injector # 1 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9 4

67 Additive Injector # 1 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9 4

68 Additive Injector # 1 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9 4

69 Additive Injector # 1 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9 4

70 Additive Injector # 1 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9 4

71 Additive Injector # 2 Volume for the First Batch Run 9 4

72 Additive Injector # 2 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9 4

73 Additive Injector # 2 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9 4

74 Additive Injector # 2 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9 4

75 Additive Injector # 2 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9 4

76 Additive Injector # 2 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9 4

77 Additive Injector # 3 Volume for the First Batch Run 9 4

78 Additive Injector # 3 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9 4

79 Additive Injector # 3 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9 4

80 Additive Injector # 3 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9 4

81 Additive Injector # 3 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9 4

82 Additive Injector # 3 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9 4

83 Additive Injector # 4 Volume for the First Batch Run 9 4

84 Additive Injector # 4 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9 4

85 Additive Injector # 4 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9 4

86 Additive Injector # 4 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9 4

Page 81: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 73

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns Bytes

87 Additive Injector # 4 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9 4

88 Additive Injector # 4 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9 4

89 Additive Injector # 5 Volume for the First Batch Run 9 4

90 Additive Injector # 5 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9 4

91 Additive Injector # 5 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9 4

92 Additive Injector # 5 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9 4

93 Additive Injector # 5 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9 4

94 Additive Injector # 5 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9 4

95 Additive Injector # 6 Volume for the First Batch Run 9 4

96 Additive Injector # 6 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9 4

97 Additive Injector # 6 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9 4

98 Additive Injector # 6 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9 4

99 Additive Injector # 6 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9 4

100 Additive Injector # 6 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9 4

101 Additive Injector # 7 Volume for the First Batch Run 9 4

102 Additive Injector # 7 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9 4

103 Additive Injector # 7 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9 4

104 Additive Injector # 7 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9 4

105 Additive Injector # 7 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9 4

106 Additive Injector # 7 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9 4

107 Additive Injector # 8 Volume for the First Batch Run 9 4

108 Additive Injector # 8 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9 4

109 Additive Injector # 8 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9 4

110 Additive Injector # 8 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9 4

111 Additive Injector # 8 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9 4

112 Additive Injector # 8 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9 4

113 Additive Injector #1 Transaction Volume 9 ****

114 Additive Injector #2 Transaction Volume 9 ****

115 Additive Injector #3 Transaction Volume 9 ****

116 Additive Injector #4 Transaction Volume 9 ****

117 Additive Injector #5 Transaction Volume 9 ****

Page 82: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

74 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns Bytes

118 Additive Injector #6 Transaction Volume 9 ****

119 Additive Injector #7 Transaction Volume 9 ****

120 Additive Injector #8 Transaction Volume 9 ****

121 Product Name of Product One P180 9 *

122 Product Name of Product Two P180 9 *

123 Product Name of Product Three P180 9 *

124 Product Name of Product Four P180 9 *

125 First User Selected Volume for Product One, First Batch 6 **

126 First User Selected Volume for Product One, Second Batch 6 4**

127 First User Selected Volume for Product One, Third Batch 6 4**

128 First User Selected Volume for Product One, Fourth Batch 6 4**

129 First User Selected Volume for Product One, Fifth Batch 6 4**

130 First User Selected Volume for Product One, Sixth Batch 6 4**

131 First User Selected Volume for Product Two, First Batch 6 **

132 First User Selected Volume for Product Two, Second Batch 6 4**

133 First User Selected Volume for Product Two, Third Batch 6 4**

134 First User Selected Volume for Product Two, Fourth Batch 6 4**

135 First User Selected Volume for Product Two, Fifth Batch 6 4**

136 First User Selected Volume for Product Two, Sixth Batch 6 4**

137 First User Selected Volume for Product Three, First Batch 6 **

138 First User Selected Volume for Product Three, SecondBatch

6 4**

139 First User Selected Volume for Product Three, Third Batch 6 4**

140 First User Selected Volume for Product Three, Fourth Batch 6 4**

141 First User Selected Volume for Product Three, Fifth Batch 6 4**

142 First User Selected Volume for Product Three, Sixth Batch 6 4**

143 First User Selected Volume for Product Four, First Batch 6 **

144 First User Selected Volume for Product Four, Second Batch 6 4**

145 First User Selected Volume for Product Four, Third Batch 6 4**

146 First User Selected Volume for Product Four, Fourth Batch 6 4**

147 First User Selected Volume for Product Four, Fifth Batch 6 4**

Page 83: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 75

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns Bytes

148 First User Selected Volume for Product Four, Sixth Batch 6 4**

149 Second User Selected Volume for Product One, First Batch 6 **

150 Second User Selected Volume for Product One, SecondBatch

6 4**

151 Second User Selected Volume for Product One, Third Batch 6 4**

152 Second User Selected Volume for Product One, FourthBatch

6 4**

153 Second User Selected Volume for Product One, Fifth Batch 6 4**

154 Second User Selected Volume for Product One, Sixth Batch 6 4**

155 Second User Selected Volume for Product Two, First Batch 6 **

156 Second User Selected Volume for Product Two, SecondBatch

6 4**

157 Second User Selected Volume for Product Two, Third Batch 6 4**

158 Second User Selected Volume for Product Two, FourthBatch

6 4**

159 Second User Selected Volume for Product Two, Fifth Batch 6 4**

160 Second User Selected Volume for Product Two, Sixth Batch 6 4**

161 Second User Selected Volume for Product Three, FirstBatch

6 **

162 Second User Selected Volume for Product Three, SecondBatch

6 4**

163 Second User Selected Volume for Product Three, ThirdBatch

6 4**

164 Second User Selected Volume for Product Three, FourthBatch

6 4**

165 Second User Selected Volume for Product Three, FifthBatch

6 4**

166 Second User Selected Volume for Product Three, SixthBatch

6 4**

167 Second User Selected Volume for Product Four, First Batch 6 **

168 Second User Selected Volume for Product Four, SecondBatch

6 4**

169 Second User Selected Volume for Product Four, ThirdBatch

6 4**

170 Second User Selected Volume for Product Four, FourthBatch

6 4**

Page 84: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

76 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns Bytes

171 Second User Selected Volume for Product Four, Fifth Batch 6 4**

172 Second User Selected Volume for Product Four, Sixth Batch 6 4**

173 Third User Selected Volume for Product One, First Batch 6 **

174 Third User Selected Volume for Product One, Second Batch 6 4**

175 Third User Selected Volume for Product One, Third Batch 6 4**

176 Third User Selected Volume for Product One, Fourth Batch 6 4**

177 Third User Selected Volume for Product One, Fifth Batch 6 4**

178 Third User Selected Volume for Product One, Sixth Batch 6 4**

179 Third User Selected Volume for Product Two, First Batch 6 **

180 Third User Selected Volume for Product Two, Second Batch 6 4**

181 Third User Selected Volume for Product Two, Third Batch 6 4**

182 Third User Selected Volume for Product Two, Fourth Batch 6 4**

183 Third User Selected Volume for Product Two, Fifth Batch 6 4**

184 Third User Selected Volume for Product Two, Sixth Batch 6 4**

185 Third User Selected Volume for Product Three, First Batch 6 **

186 Third User Selected Volume for Product Three, SecondBatch

6 4**

187 Third User Selected Volume for Product Three, Third Batch 6 4**

188 Third User Selected Volume for Product Three, FourthBatch

6 4**

189 Third User Selected Volume for Product Three, Fifth Batch 6 4**

190 Third User Selected Volume for Product Three, Sixth Batch 6 4**

191 Third User Selected Volume for Product Four, First Batch 6 **

192 Third User Selected Volume for Product Four, SecondBatch

6 4**

193 Third User Selected Volume for Product Four, Third Batch 6 4**

194 Third User Selected Volume for Product Four, Fourth Batch 6 4**

195 Third User Selected Volume for Product Four, Fifth Batch 6 4**

196 Third User Selected Volume for Product Four, Sixth Batch 6 4**

197 Transaction Volume of Product One, First User SelectedVolume

6 ****

198 Transaction Volume of Product Two, First User SelectedVolume

6 ****

Page 85: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 77

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns Bytes

199 Transaction Volume of Product Three, First User SelectedVolume

6 ****

200 Transaction Volume of Product Four, First User SelectedVolume

6 ****

201 Transaction Volume of Product One, Second User SelectedVolume

6 ****

202 Transaction Volume of Product Two, Second User SelectedVolume

6 ****

203 Transaction Volume of Product Three, Second UserSelected Volume

6 ****

204 Transaction Volume of Product Four, Second User SelectedVolume

6 ****

205 Transaction Volume of Product One, Third User SelectedVolume

6 ****

206 Transaction Volume of Product Two, Third User SelectedVolume

6 ****

207 Transaction Volume of Product Three, Third User SelectedVolume

6 ****

208 Transaction Volume of Product Four, Third User SelectedVolume

6 ****

209 Load Average Temperature for the First Batch Run 6 2

210 Load Average Temperature for the Second Batch Run 6 2

211 Load Average Temperature for the Third Batch Run 6 2

212 Load Average Temperature for the Fourth Batch Run 6 2

213 Load Average Temperature for the Fifth Batch Run 6 2

214 Load Average Temperature for the Sixth Batch Run 6 2

215 Load Average Temperature for Product One, First Batch 6 2

216 Load Average Temperature for Product One, Second Batch 6 2

217 Load Average Temperature for Product One, Third Batch 6 2

218 Load Average Temperature for Product One, Fourth Batch 6 2

219 Load Average Temperature for Product One, Fifth Batch 6 2

220 Load Average Temperature for Product One, Sixth Batch 6 2

221 Load Average Temperature for Product Two, First Batch 6 2

222 Load Average Temperature for Product Two, Second Batch 6 2

223 Load Average Temperature for Product Two, Third Batch 6 2

Page 86: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

78 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns Bytes

224 Load Average Temperature for Product Two, Fourth Batch 6 2

225 Load Average Temperature for Product Two, Fifth Batch 6 2

226 Load Average Temperature for Product Two, Sixth Batch 6 2

227 Load Average Temperature for Product Three, First Batch 6 2

228 Load Average Temperature for Product Three, SecondBatch

6 2

229 Load Average Temperature for Product Three, Third Batch 6 2

230 Load Average Temperature for Product Three, Fourth Batch 6 2

231 Load Average Temperature for Product Three, Fifth Batch 6 2

232 Load Average Temperature for Product Three, Sixth Batch 6 2

233 Load Average Temperature for Product Four, First Batch 6 2

234 Load Average Temperature for Product Four, Second Batch 6 2

235 Load Average Temperature for Product Four, Third Batch 6 2

236 Load Average Temperature for Product Four, Fourth Batch 6 2

237 Load Average Temperature for Product Four, Fifth Batch 6 2

238 Load Average Temperature for Product Four, Sixth Batch 6 2

239 Transaction Load Average Temperature, First Recipe 6 2

240 Transaction Load Average Temperature, Second Recipe 6 2

241 Transaction Load Average Temperature, Third Recipe 6 2

242 Transaction Load Average Temperature, Fourth Recipe 6 2

243 Transaction Load Average Temperature, Fifth Recipe 6 2

244 Transaction Load Average Temperature, Sixth Recipe 6 2

245 Transaction Load Average Temperature, Product One 6 2

246 Transaction Load Average Temperature, Product Two 6 2

247 Transaction Load Average Temperature, Product Three 6 2

248 Transaction Load Average Temperature, Product Four 6 2

249 Load Average Density, First Batch 6 2

250 Load Average Density, Second Batch 6 2

251 Load Average Density, Third Batch 6 2

252 Load Average Density, Fourth Batch 6 2

253 Load Average Density, Fifth Batch 6 2

Page 87: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 79

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns Bytes

254 Load Average Density, Sixth Batch 6 2

255 Load Average Density, Product One, First Batch 6 2

256 Load Average Density, Product One, Second Batch 6 2

257 Load Average Density, Product One, Third Batch 6 2

258 Load Average Density, Product One, Fourth Batch 6 2

259 Load Average Density, Product One, Fifth Batch 6 2

260 Load Average Density, Product One, Sixth Batch 6 2

261 Load Average Density, Product Two, First Batch 6 2

262 Load Average Density, Product Two, Second Batch 6 2

263 Load Average Density, Product Two, Third Batch 6 2

264 Load Average Density, Product Two, Fourth Batch 6 2

265 Load Average Density, Product Two, Fifth Batch 6 2

266 Load Average Density, Product Two, Sixth Batch 6 2

267 Load Average Density, Product Three, First Batch 6 2

268 Load Average Density, Product Three, Second Batch 6 2

269 Load Average Density, Product Three, Third Batch 6 2

270 Load Average Density, Product Three, Fourth Batch 6 2

271 Load Average Density, Product Three, Fifth Batch 6 2

272 Load Average Density, Product Three, Sixth Batch 6 2

273 Load Average Density, Product Four, First Batch 6 2

274 Load Average Density, Product Four, Second Batch 6 2

275 Load Average Density, Product Four, Third Batch 6 2

276 Load Average Density, Product Four, Fourth Batch 6 2

277 Load Average Density, Product Four, Fifth Batch 6 2

278 Load Average Density, Product Four, Sixth Batch 6 2

279 Transaction Load Average Density, Product One 6 2

280 Transaction Load Average Density, Product Two 6 2

281 Transaction Load Average Density, Product Three 6 2

282 Transaction Load Average Density, Product Four 6 2

283 Reference Density Product One P442 6 *

284 Reference Density Product Two P442 6 *

Page 88: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

80 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns Bytes

285 Reference Density Product Three P442 6 *

286 Reference Density Product Four P442 6 *

287 Prompt Message One S715 20 *

288 Prompt Message Two S716 20 *

289 Prompt Message Three S717 20 *

290 Prompt Message Four S718 20 *

291 Prompt Message Five S719 20 *

292 Printer Message Number One S710 20 *

293 Printer Message Number Two S711 20 *

294 Printer Message Number Three S712 20 *

295 Printer Message Number Four S713 20 *

296 Printer Message Number Five S714 20 *

297 HM Classification for the First Batch Run P701-704 80 *

298 HM Classification for the Second Batch Run P701-704 80 *

299 HM Classification for the Third Batch Run P701-704 80 *

300 HM Classification for the Fourth Batch Run P701-704 80 *

301 HM Classification for the Fifth Batch Run P701-704 80 *

302 HM Classification for the Sixth Batch Run P701-704 80 *

303 HM Classification for the Transaction P701-704 80 *

304 First User Selected Volume Units for Storage S307 5 *

305 Second User Selected Volume Units for Storage S307 5 *

306 Third User Selected Volume Units for Storage S307 5 *

307 Meter Identification S720 20 *

308 Density Units S443 5 *

309 Temperature Units S441 1 *

310 Volume Units S341 3 *

311 Mass Units S445 3 *

312 Additive Injector Units S857 3 *

313 Form Feed 0 0

314 End of Form Form FeedRev. 9 firmware and above.

9 0

Page 89: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 81

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns Bytes

315 First User Selected Volume for Product One, Non-resettableTotalRev. 9 firmware and above.

9 4

316 Second User Selected Volume for Product One,Non-resettable TotalRev. 9 firmware and above.

9 4

317 Third User Selected Volume for Product One,Non-resettable TotalRev. 9 firmware and above.

9 4

318 First User Selected Volume for Product Two,Non-resettable TotalRev. 9 firmware and above.

9 4

319 Second User Selected Volume for Product Two,Non-resettable TotalRev. 9 firmware and above.

9 4

320 Third User Selected Volume for Product Two,Non-resettable TotalRev. 9 firmware and above.

9 4

321 First User Selected Volume for Product Three,Non-resettable TotalRev. 9 firmware and above.

9 4

322 Second User Selected Volume for Product Three,Non-resettable TotalRev. 9 firmware and above.

9 4

323 Third User Selected Volume for Product Three,Non-resettable TotalRev. 9 firmware and above.

9 4

324 First User Selected Volume for Product Four,Non-resettable TotalRev. 9 firmware and above.

9 4

325 Second User Selected Volume for Product Four,Non-resettable TotalRev. 9 firmware and above.

9 4

326 Third User Selected Volume for Product Four,Non-resettable TotalRev. 9 firmware and above.

9 4

327 Batch Completion Flag, First BatchRev. 11 firmware and above.

16 1

328 Batch Completion Flag, Second BatchRev. 11 firmware and above.

16 1

329 Batch Completion Flag, Third BatchRev. 11 firmware and above.

16 1

Page 90: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

82 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns Bytes

330 Batch Completion Flag, Fourth BatchRev. 11 firmware and above.

16 1

331 Batch Completion Flag, Fifth BatchRev. 11 firmware and above.

16 1

332 Batch Completion Flag, Sixth BatchRev. 11 firmware and above.

16 1

Page 91: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 83

780 - Number of PromptsThis one digit entry represents the number ofprompts (up to five) that the AccuLoad II will usewhen in the Standby Mode. The range of this code is1 to 5.

780 0 Prompts In Use

Note: "0" disables any prompts from being used in the StandbyMode.

Help Message

Enter the number of prompts used in the communi-cations Standby Mode.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

781 - Print TransactionThis three digit code allows the operator to have anyof the available transactions stored printed out to acommunications port that is programmed as a printer.(See program code 609 in the General System Di-rectory for number of transactions available.) When atransaction is selected to be printed the data will beplaced on a printer queue and when the line is freethe transaction information will be printed.

781 000 Print Trans

Help Message

Select transaction to print by entering the number oftransactions back.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Communications line is busy.

Note: If a communication line is not selected for printing, a fatalmessage will be displayed.

Fatal: No communication line selected as a printer.

Note: When the number selected is higher than the transactionsstored, a fatal message will be displayed.

Fatal: Entry exceeds transactions available.

782 - Prompts PrintedThis code allows the operator to control the usage ofthe prompt messages. Standby Blank will enable theuse of prompt messages during the Standby Modeonly, the prompts will not appear on the printed re-port. Standby Print will enable the use of promptmessages during the Standby Mode only, theprompts will appear on the printed report. AlwaysPrint will enable the use of prompt messages duringboth modes of operation. The prompts will appear onthe printed report.

0 - Standby Blank1 - Standby Print2 - Always Print

782 0 Standby Blank

Help Message

Select prompts; Standby & Printed, Standby NotPrinted or Always.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

790 - High-Security CommunicationsProgrammingThis code allows the programming through communi-cations of all program codes, including high-security,to be enabled. If high-security communications pro-gramming is enabled here, it will supersede the se-lection made in program code 741 above.

0 - No high-security programming throughcommunications. Only those selected incode 741 may be programmed.

1 - High-security programming through com-munications, includes high-security andconfiguration.

Note: High-security program codes X90 through X99 will only beprogrammable through the communications if the AccuLoad II is inthe Program Mode.

Page 92: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

84 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

790 0 No High Security

Help MessageEnable/disable programming high-security programcodes via communications.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

800 - System Input/Output Directory

801 - Additive Injector Stop OptionThis code selects how the additive output will becontrolled and stopped. The additive output can bestopped either at the end of a batch or at the pro-grammed volume remaining (see code 802). Ifstopped at the remaining volume the additive outputcan be configured so that the same number of pulseswill be output as would be if they were stopped at theend of the batch, providing for a clean line of productwithout the additive at the end of the batch. The op-tions are also available to shut the additive pulse out-put down at the remaining volume without recalcu-lating the pulse rate.

0 - Stop additive injection at the end of thebatch (Injector Option 1).

1 - Stop additive injection at the programmedvolume with no recalculation (InjectorOption 2).

2 - Stop the additive injection at theprogrammed volume and recalculate thepulse rate (Injector Option 3).

801 0 Injector Option 1

Help Message

Select Stopping the Injectors at the End of Batch (0),Stop Volume (1), or Stop Volume with New InjectorRate (2).

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

802 - Additive Injector Stop VolumeThis three digit entry allows the operator to select thevolume of product remaining to be delivered whenthe additive injectors will be shut down. This code isused only in conjunction with Injector Option 2 and 3of code 801. The range of this code is 000 to 999units of volume.

802 075 Inj Stop Volume

Help Message

Enter the system remaining volume at which the in-jectors should be stopped when stop option 2 or 3 isselected.

803 - Additive Injector OutputThis program code defines whether programmed ad-ditive injector outputs will be in raw, gross, gross atstandard temperature or net temperature and pres-sure volume units.

0 - Raw Injector Units1 - Gross Injector Units (Grs)2 - Gst Injector Units3 - Net Injector Units

803 0 Raw Injectors

Help Message

Select units of additive injector output: Raw, Grs, Gstor Net.

Note: If the injector output is requested in units not currentlyavailable, a warning will be issued.

Warning

Critical: This option is available, but not installed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 93: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 85

804 - Manual/Auto Additive Injector SelectionThis code selects how the additive injectors will beselected before the load volume is preset.

0 - For auto selection of the injectors. All theinjectors that are programmed willautomatically pulse when the unit isloading.

1 - For manual selection of the injectors whenin the Standby Mode only (automationsystem is down).

2 - For manual selection of the injectors foreach transaction operation.

3 - For manual selection of the injectors foreach batch operation.

804 0 Inj Select Auto

Help Message

Select either manual/auto injection if in AutomationStandby Mode.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

805 - Restart After Valve Power SenseRestoredThis code determines how a restart is initiated aftervalve power is lost and then restored.

0 - Manually after power restored.1 - Automatically after power restored.

805 0 Manual Valve Start

Help Message

Selects how unit will restart when valve power is re-stored where ’0’ = Manual, pressing START key isrequired, ’1’ = Automatic, no operator action is re-quired.

Warning

Critical: This option is not currently configured.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

806 - Valve Power Sense PermissiveMessageThis code allows a 20 character entry to prompt theoperator when a valve sense permissive is not satis-fied. The data entry will allow the following charactersto be selected as part of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

806 Permissive Not Met

Help Message

20 character alphanumeric prompt message used forvalve sense.

807 - Permissive Sense #1This code selects how the AC input that is configuredas permissive sense #1 is to be used during anyloading operation. Four possible selections areavailable that are dependent on the needs of the op-eration:

0 - No Permissive Sense.

1 - Permissive Sense at Transact ion StartOnly. With the transaction start onlyselection, the AccuLoad II will monitor theAC contact during the preset operationonly, displaying the associated messagewhen required.

2 - Permissive Sense Cont inuously. With thecontinuous selection, the AccuLoad II willmonitor the AC contact continuously duringthe transaction and shut down the flow ifthe contact loses AC for three seconds. This will not generate an alarm and flowcan resume when the AC has beenrestored. If this occurs while flow was inprogress the AccuLoad II, after shutting

Page 94: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

86 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

down the flow, will flash between thecurrent batch's preset and delivery totals,and the associated permissive sensemessage selected.

3 - Start Permissive Sense. Monitors the ACcontact each time the "START" key ispressed.

4 - Batch Permissive Sense. Monitors theAC contact during the preset of eachbatch.

5 - Remote Start. With the remote startselection, the hardware jumpers must be inthe proper position for correct operation.When AC is supplied, the AccuLoad II willrespond as though a "START" key hadbeen pressed and will monitor the ACcontact continuously during the transactionand shut down the flow if the contact losesAC for three seconds. This will notgenerate an alarm and flow can resumewhen the AC has been restored. If thisoccurs while flow was in progress theAccuLoad II-RBU, after shutting down theflow, will flash between the current batch'spreset and delivery totals and theassociated permissive message selected.

Note: For option 5 hardware board jumpers are required and theAC input must be programmed for Remote Start.

807 0 No Permissive 1

Help Message

Select spare AC input #1 as: Permissive (Yes/No) orRemote Start.

Warning

Critical: This option is not currently configured.

Note: This critical message will be displayed if the permissivecontact is not configured.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

808 - Permissive Sense #1 MessageThis code allows a 20 character entry to prompt theoperator when a programmed permissive sense isnot satisfied. The data entry allows the followingcharacters to be selected as part of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

808 Connect Truck Ground

Help Message

20 character alphanumeric prompt message used forspare AC input #1.

809 - Restart After Permissive #1 MetThis code will determine how a restart is initiated af-ter a permissive sense is lost and then restored.

0 - Manually after permissive sense isrestored.

1 - Automatically after permissive sense isrestored.

809 1 Auto Perm. 1 Start

Help Message

Selects how the unit will restart when permissive isrestored where ’0’ = Manual, pressing the start key isrequired, ’1’ = Automatic, no operator action is re-quired.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 95: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 87

810 - Transaction Start MessageThis code will allow a 20 character entry to promptthe operator during the preset operations if AC poweris not detected on the ticket tray contact. The dataentry will allow the following characters to be selectedas part of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

810 Please Insert Ticket

Note: This code only applies if the Local Tray Switch or MasterReset options were selected in the Print Transaction code 301.

Note: This message should not be programmed as blanks. Ifprogrammed as blanks, when AC power is not detected on the trayswitch the AccuLoad II display will be blank.

Help Message

Program the message to display if no AC is detectedon ticket tray contact during preset operation whenLocal Tray Switch or Master Reset options are se-lected in command 301.

811 - Permissive Sense #2This code selects how the AC input that is configuredas permissive input #2 is to be used during anyloading operation. Four possible selections areavailable that are dependent on the needs of the op-eration:

0 - No Permissive Sense.

1 - Permissive Sense at Transact ion StartOnly. With the transaction start onlyselection, the AccuLoad II will monitor theAC contact during the preset operationonly, displaying the associated messagewhen required.

2 - Permissive Sense Cont inuously. Withthe continuous selection, the AccuLoad IIwill monitor the AC contact continuouslyduring the transaction and shut down theflow if the contact loses AC for threeseconds. This will not generate an alarmand flow can resume when the AC hasbeen restored. If this occurs while flowwas in progress the AccuLoad II, aftershutting down the flow, will flash betweenthe current batch's preset and deliverytotals, and the associated permissivesense message selected.

3 - Start Permissive Sense. Monitors the ACcontact each time the "START" key ispressed.

4 - Batch Permissive Sense. Monitors theAC contact during the preset of eachbatch.

5 - Remote Stop. With the remote stopselection, the hardware jumpers must be inthe proper position for correct operation.When AC is applied, the AccuLoad II willrespond as though a "STOP" key had beenpressed.

Note: For option five hardware board jumpers are required and theAC input must be programmed for Remote Stop.

811 0 No Permissive 1

Help Message

Select spare AC input #2 as: Permissive (Yes/No) orRemote Stop.

Warning

Critical: This option is not currently configured.

Note: This critical message will be displayed if the permissivecontact is not configured.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 96: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

88 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

812 - Permissive Sense #2 MessageThis code allows a 20 character entry to prompt theoperator when a programmed permissive sense isnot satisfied. The data entry allows the followingcharacters to be selected as part of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

812 Connect Truck Ground

Help Message

20 character alphanumeric prompt message used forspare AC input #2.

813 - Restart After Permissive #2 MetThis code determines how a restart is initiated after a

permissive sense is lost and then restored.

0 - Manually after permissive sense isrestored.

1 - Automatically after permissive sense isrestored.

813 1 Auto Perm. 1 Start

Help Message

Selects how the unit will restart when permissive isrestored where 0 = Manual, pressing the start key isrequired, 1 = Automatic, no operator action is re-quired.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

814, 815, 816, 817, 818, 819, 820, 821 -Additive Injector 1-8 MessagesThese program codes allow a nine character mes-sage to identify the eight additive injectors. The pro-grammed messages will be used to identify the addi-tive totals on the product receipt ticket. The data en-try will allow the following characters to be selectedas part of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

814 AdditiveA = Add 1 Msg

Help Message

Alphanumeric additive identifier for the product re-ceipt ticket.

840 - Protection of Program Codes 880-889This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (880 through 889) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 880 through 889 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria, the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

840 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 880through 889.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 97: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 89

841, 843, 845, 847, 849, 851, 853, 855 -Additive Injector FeedbackThese eight program codes enable or disable feed-back for each of the eight additive injectors if the Ac-cuLoad II will be controlling the additive injector andmonitoring for feedback, or if it will be monitoring forfeedback only.

0 - No Injector Feedback.

1 - Injector Feedback/Control. The AccuLoad IIis controlling the rate of injection and knowsthat it should have a feedback signal prior tothe next signal being sent to the injector toinject product. If feedback is not received priorto the next signal an error is counted and analarm will be triggered when the error countexceeds the number programmed in code 859.

2 - Injector Feedback Only. The AccuLoad II islooking for feedback only from the injectorsystem. The injector system is being pulsedfrom a source other than the AccuLoad II.When this option is selected the associatedalarm delay must also be programmed. Iffeedback is not received in the timeprogrammed in the associated delay, an erroris counted and an alarm will be triggered whenthe error count exceeds the numberprogrammed in code 859.

841 2 Inj1 Feedback Only

Note: If the Additive Feedback option is not installed via theAccuLoad II Control Module (ACM), the display shows:

841 Feedback Not Installed

Help Message

Select No Injector Feedback, Feedback and Control,or Feedback Only.

Note: This critical message will be displayed if the contactsrequired for feedback are not configured (see codes 019 through030).

Warning

Note: This critical message will be displayed if this additive injectoris programmed for use and option 2 Injector Feedback only isselected.

Critical: This option is not currently configured.

Critical: Conflict resulting because this injector isprogrammed for use.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

842, 844, 846, 848, 850, 852, 854, 856 -Additive Injector Volume per CycleThese eight codes define for each injector the vol-ume to be delivered per cycle of additive (e.g., anentry of 000.100 shows that one tenth of a unit ofproduct will be injected each cycle of the injector).The range of this program code is 000.001 to999.999.

842 010.000/Oz Inj 1

Note: "000.000" disables the injector totals.

Note: If the Additive Feedback option is not installed via theAccuLoad II Control Module (ACM), the display shows:

842 Feedback Not Installed

Help Message

Enter the amount of injector volume to be deliveredper cycle.

Note: One cycle equals two strokes.

Page 98: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

90 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

857 - Injector UnitsThis code allows a three character entry message toserve as the display unit identifier for the injectorproducts. The data entry allows the following char-acters to be selected as part of the injector unit iden-tifier:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

857 Ozs = Injector Units

Help Message

Enter a three alphanumeric character injector volumeunit identifier.

858 - Additive Injector Conversion FactorThis ten digit code defines the conversion factor thatwill be used to convert the additive injector units (oz,cc, etc.) to volume units (gal, lit, etc.) when usingdownstream additive injection. The AccuLoad II usesthis conversion to add the additive injector volume tothe products volume so that the batch will shut downat the preset volume. The first seven digits are thebase number, the eighth position is the exponent signand the last two digits are the exponent. The expo-nent sign is entered as a zero for positive and a onefor negative.

Note: This code is used to add the additive volume to the meteredvolumes in the case where the injector is downstream of themeasurement equipment.

858 2.642000E-04 Inj Fac

Note: If set to zero the AccuLoad II will not add the additivevolumes to the delivered product volumes.

Help Message

Enter additive injector volume units to volume unitsconversion factor.

Note: If this is set to zero and downstream injectors are used, thevolume from the downstream injections will not be included in thedelivered batch.

859 - Additive Injector Feedback ErrorsThis two digit program code defines the number ofAdditive Injector Feedback errors that can occur be-fore an alarm will be set.

859 10 Feedback Errors

Note: If the Injector Feedback option is not installed via theAccuLoad II Control Module (ACM), "Feedback Not Inst" will bedisplayed and no entries will be allowed.

859 Feedback Not Inst

Help Message

Enter the number of feedback errors allowed beforean alarm.

860, 861, 862, 863, 864, 865, 866, 867 -Injector Feedback DelayThese three digit codes define the time, in seconds,

that will be allowed to pass without feedback beforean error is counted. After the programmed numberof feedback errors has been exceeded, an alarm willbe set. Each time feedback is received, the timer willbe reset. The range of this code is 000 to 255 sec-onds.

860 10 Feedback Delay

Note: If the Injector Feedback option is not installed via theAccuLoad II Control Module (ACM), "Feedback Not Inst" will bedisplayed and no entries will be allowed.

860 Feedback Not Inst

Note: If the Additive Feedback option is installed but the associatedprogram code 841, 843, 845, 847, 849, 851, 853, 855 isprogrammed for either ’0’ for No Injector Feedback or ’1’ for InjectorFeedback with Control, the display will read:

860 Feedback Not Used

Note: These codes are only used if the AccuLoad II is notcontrolling the additive injectors but is being used to totalize theadditive product and monitor the additives.

Page 99: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 91

Help Message

Enter maximum time in seconds allowed betweenfeedbacks before an alarm.

868, 870, 872, 874 - 4-20 Channels 1 thr ough4 - Minimum SettingThese four five digit entries define either the tem-perature, pressure or density that is being repre-sented by an input of 4 milliamps on this 4-20 chan-nel. The format of the entry is dependent on the en-try made in the System Configuration Directory codes033, 034, 035 and 036 where the function of thischannel is assigned.

Temperature:

If this channel has been selected as a temperatureinput, the first digit must be a zero or a one to indi-cate polarity, where 0 = positive and 1 = negative. The range of this entry will be -999.9 to +999.9.

Pressure:

If this channel has been selected as a pressure input,the range of this entry is 0000.0 through 9999.9.

Density:

If this channel has been selected as a density input,the range of this entry is 0000.0 through 9999.9.

868 +010.0 °F @ 4 mA(1)

Help Message

Enter the value of temperature, pressure, or densityassociated with a 4 mA input.

869, 871, 873, 875 - 4-20 Channels 1 thr ough4 - Maximum SettingThese four five digit entries define either the tem-perature, pressure or density that is being repre-sented by an input of 20 milliamps on this 4-20 chan-nel. The format of the entry is dependent on the en-try made in the System Configuration Directory codes033, 034, 035 and 036 where the function of thischannel is assigned.

Temperature:

If this channel has been selected as a temperatureinput, the first digit must be a zero or a one to indi-cate polarity, where 0 = positive and 1 = negative.The range of this entry will be -999.9 to +999.9.

Pressure:

If this channel has been selected as a pressure input,the range of this entry is 0000.0 through 9999.9.

Density:

If this channel has been selected as a density input,the range of this entry is 0000.0 through 9999.9.

871 +010.0 °F @ 20 mA(2)

Help Message

Enter the value of temperature, pressure, or densityassociated with a 20 mA input.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with other pro-gram code entries.

900 - System Diagnostic Directory

Power-Up DiagnosticsThe power-up diagnostics tests will be performed by

the AccuLoad II when power is applied. The keypadis also tested during power-up though it has no mes-sages. Any failure of a power-up diagnostic test willcause a diagnostic alarm. When the test is com-pleted, the display will go to the proper display fromwhere power failure was detected.

RAM Memory Test - This diagnostic tests the RAMby writing a series of patterns into the RAM and thenreading them back. This ensures that every locationin the RAM may be successfully written to and readback. During the test the following will be displayed:

RAM Test

Page 100: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

92 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

If the RAM test is successful, the following will bedisplayed:

RAM Test Passed

If the RAM test fails, the following will be displayed:

RAM Failed XXXX

XXXX is the address that failed.

RAM Data Test - This test ensures that the data inthe RAM, when the power was cycled, was retained.If the display shows bad data retention, allprogramming parameters must be checked for dataintegrity. During the test the following will bedisplayed:

RAM Data Test

If the RAM test is successful, the following will bedisplayed:

Data Retention Good

If the RAM test fails, the following will be displayed:

Data Retention Bad

ROM Memory Test - This diagnostic will test theROM by calculating a Cyclical RedundancyChecksum (CRC) and comparing it with thechecksum stored in the PROM at the factory. If thesedo not match, a ROM failure is detected. The locationof the failure will be displayed in the alarm displayprogram code. During the test the following will bedisplayed:

ROM Uxx

xx is the Prom identifier.

If the ROM test fails, the following will be displayed:

ROM Uxx Error

Keypad Selectable DiagnosticsThese diagnostics may be selected by the operatorthrough the keypad. Each diagnostic tests a specificfunction of the AccuLoad II.

901 - Display TestThis diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This test checks the display by cyclingall possible display characters to the display. The testwill run continuously with each display lasting 1-2seconds. The test may be terminated by pressing"CLEAR" on the keypad.

1. To select this test, enter program code 901:

901 Display Test

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test. The cycle nowbegins:

000000000000000000000000

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

This diagnostic tests the display by cycling all possi-ble characters.

902 - Keypad TestThis diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This test checks the integrity of thekeypad. When a key is pressed on the keypad, thecorresponding digit will appear on the right side of thedisplay. Press "CLEAR" twice to terminate the test.

Page 101: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 93

1. To select this test, enter program code 902:

902 Keypad Test

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test. Any key that ispressed will cause a digit to be displayed in theright position of the display, e.g., press "1":

902 Keypad Test One

3. Press "CLEAR" twice to terminate the test.

Help Message

This diagnostic tests the keypad by displaying eachkey that is pressed.

903 - RTD TestThis diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This test checks the integrity of the A/Dvalue read from the RTD (Resistance TemperatureDetector) channel. The reading is displayed in theunits selected in the temperature units program code.Temperature is displayed in tenths with limits of-100.0 degrees C to +300.0 degrees C.

1.To select this test, enter program code 903:

903 RTD #1 & #2 Test

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

903 RTD #1 Test sxxx.x °N

s is the sign of the temperature, xxx.x is the currenttemperature as detected by the RTD and N is thetemperature units selected, C or F.

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the measured temperature from the RTD inputchannel #1 and channel #2.

904 - 4-20 mA Channel 1 & 3This diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This test checks the integrity of the 4-20milliamp value read from the pressure probe. The4-20 mA value is in hundredths, ranging from 0.00 to19.99 mA.

1. To select this test, enter program code 904:

left-hand display:

904 4-20 Ch #1 & #3 Test

right-hand display:

System Directory

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

left-hand display:

904 4-20 Ch #1 08.04 mA

right-hand display:

904 4-20 Ch #3 12.05 mA

xx.xx is the current reading on the 4-20 channel.

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

904 4-20 Ch #3 xx.xx mA

Help Message

View the measured current from the 4-20 mA inputchannel #1 and channel #3.

Page 102: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

94 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

905 - 4-20 mA Channel 2 & 4This diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This test checks the integrity of the 4-20milliamp value read from the density or pressuretransducer. The 4-20 mA value is in hundredths,ranging from 0.00 to 19.99 mA.

1.To select this test, enter program code 905:

left-hand display:

905 4-20 Ch #2 & #4 Test

right-hand display:

System Directory

2.Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

905 4-20 Ch #2 xx.xx mA

905 4-20 Ch #4 xx.xx mA

xx.xx is the current reading from the 4-20 channel.

3.Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the measured current from the 4-20 mA inputchannel #2 and channel #4.

906 - Internal TemperatureThis diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This test checks the integrity of the A/Dvalue read from the internal temperature channel.This is the temperature inside the AccuLoad II hous-ing. When this temperature gets too high, reliableoperation cannot be ensured. The reading is dis-played in degrees Celsius.

1. To select this test, enter program code 906:

906 Internal Temperature

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

906 Internal Temp xxx.x °C

xxx.x is the current internal temperature.

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the measured temperature inside the AccuLoadII housing.

907 - Power S upply TestThis diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This test checks the 5 volt power supplyon the AccuLoad II. The display reading should hoveraround 5 volts.

1. To select this test, enter program code 907:

907 Power Supply Test

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

907 Power Supply x.xx v

x.xx is the current voltage

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the voltage level of the current power supply tothe AccuLoad II.

908 - CRC DisplayThis diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This entry shows the CRC (Cyclic Re-dundancy Checksum) value generated at the time ofproduction for PROMs UXX, UXX etc.

1. To select this test, enter program code 908:

908 RBU-00

Page 103: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 95

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

908 CRC Display Uxx yyy

xx is the PROM designation and yyyy is the CRC(Cyclic Redundancy Checksum).

After 1-2 seconds, the CRC of the next PROM will bedisplayed.

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the factory set CRCs of the PROMs installed.

909 - Acc uLoad II Model NumberThis diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This entry displays the model number ofthe AccuLoad II.

1. To select this test, enter program code 909:

909 AccuII Model Number

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

AL II-AA-B-CCC-DDD-EEE

Where:

AA = Housing Type (?? will be displayed)B = Hardware option (? will be displayed)CCC = Computer board software optionDDD = Control Module software optionEEE = Control Module variations

ALII-??-?-RBU-STD-223

Note: The AccuLoad II Control Module variations selection (EEE)will be a three digit number from 000 to 255 where all combinationsof the available options may be represented by adding together thecode numbers of the desired options.

Code Option Selected1 High-Speed Proving2 Temperature4 Pressure8 Density16 Additive Monitoring32 N/A64 Dual Pulse128 EIA-485 Communications

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the AccuLoad II model number.

910 - ACM Model NumberThis diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This entry displays the model numberfor this AccuLoad II Control Module.

1. To select this test, enter program code 910:

910 ACM Model Number

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

ACM-CCC-DDD-EEE-FFFF

Where:

CCC = Computer board software optionDDD = Control Module software optionEEE = Control Module variationsFFFF = Software security code

ACM-RBU-223-9999

Note: The AccuLoad II Control Module variations selection (EEE)will be a three digit number from 000 to 255 where all combinationsof the available options may be represented by adding together thecode numbers of the desired options.

Page 104: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

96 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Code Option Selected

1 High-Speed Proving2 Temperature4 Pressure8 Density16 Additive Monitoring32 N/A64 Dual Pulse128 EIA-485 Communications

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the AccuLoad II Control Module model number.

911 - System MessagesThis diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This entry cycles through all messagesdisplayed by the AccuLoad II. The messages do notscroll automatically. The ’ENTER’ key must bepressed each time.

1. To select this test, enter program code 911:

911 System Messages

2. To begin displaying messages, press "ENTER".

Program Mode-Critical=

Continue pressing ’ENTER’ to scroll through thedisplays.

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the displayingsystem messages.

Help Message

Displays all messages defined in the system.

912 - Calibration Event C ounter

Note: This code applies to RBU-10 and above firmware.

This diagnostic displays the non-resettable eventcounter that is incremented each time the programmode is accessed and at least one program codethat is under weights and measures protection ischanged. Weights and Measures program codes arecodes X40 through X79. If code X40 is selected asweights and measures, codes X80 through X89 willbe weights and measures. This event counter willalso be incremented each time a program code underweights and measures protection is changed throughcommunications.

912 Calib Events = 0000

Help Message

This diagnostic displays the number of times programmode has been entered to alter a weights and meas-ures program code.

913 - Configuration Event C ounter

Note: This code applies to RBU-10 and above firmware.

This diagnostic displays the non-resettable eventcounter that is incremented each time the programmodes is accessed and at least one program codethat is under high security protection is changed. High security codes are codes X90 through X99 andall codes that are in the Configuration Directory. Theevent counter will also be incremented whenchanged via communications.

913 Config Events = 0000

Help Message

This diagnostic displays the number of times programmode has been entered to alter a high-security pro-gram mode.

Page 105: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 97

940 - Protection of Program Codes 980-989This code will allow the operator to select whetherthe diagnostics (980 through 989) will be accessibleunder the Program Mode or the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 980 through 989 block ofdiagnostics and to satisfy the Weights and Measuresmode protection entry criteria, the following optionsare available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

940 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 980through 989.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Keypad Selectable Diagnostics Using TestEquipmentThe following diagnostics may require opening theAccuLoad II to gain access to the terminal strips tomake voltage checks or to add jumpers. Whenever adiagnostic calls for alteration of the wiring or the useof test equipment, it must be done in a non-hazardous environment.

941 - Communication Test - EIA-232 - NoEcho BackThis diagnostic requires the AccuLoad II to beopened and jumpers installed (See Service ManualMN06039). This tests the EIA-232 channel three-wirecommunications. This test will verify the receive andtransmit capability of the AccuLoad II. In this test,hexadecimal codes will be transmitted in continuoussequence from "00" to "7F". The display will show thehexadecimal code transmitted and the hexadecimalcode received. If there is a failure (that is, the codereceived does not match the code transmitted), thefailed hexadecimal code will continue to be transmit-ted.

1. To select this test, enter program code 941:

941 RS-232 No Echo Test

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test. The cycle nowbegins:

941 RS-232 Txx Ryy Ca Rb

xx is the hexadecimal code for the transmittedcharacter

yy is the hexadecimal code for the receivedcharacter

a is the Clear to Send (CTS) signal

b is the Request to Send (RTS) signal

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

This diagnostic tests the RS-232 channel hardware.

942 - Communication Test - RS-232 - WithEchoThis diagnostic test does not require the AccuLoad IIto be opened. This test is used for EIA-232 channelthree-wire communications. This test will verify thecommunications between the AccuLoad II and thecommunicating device. When a character is received,that same character will be transmitted to the com-municating device. The information displayed by theAccuLoad II will be in hexadecimal code. The infor-mation will be echoed back from the AccuLoad II andwill print in ASCII characters.

Requirements for this test are as follows:

1. EIA-232 communications must be installed.

2. The baud rate of the AccuLoad II and thecommunicating device must be the same.

3. The AccuLoad II display will show the transmittedinformation and it will appear on the right of thescreen. If errors appear on either device, do theNo Echo Communications test (941) to determineif the problem is in the AccuLoad II or thecommunicating device.

Page 106: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

98 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

1. To select this test, enter program code 942:

942 RS-232 Com Echo Test

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

942 RS-232 Com Echo xx

xx is the hexadecimal code of the characterreceived. As more characters are received, thedisplay will be shifted to the left to make room foreach of the new characters to be displayed.

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

This echo back diagnostic tests communicationsbetween RS-232 devices.

943 - Communication Test - EIA-485 - NoEcho BackThis diagnostic requires the AccuLoad II to beopened and jumpers installed (See Service ManualMN06039). This tests the EIA-485 channel four-wirecommunications. This test will verify the receive andtransmit capability of the AccuLoad II. In this test,hexadecimal codes will be transmitted in continuoussequence from "00" to "7F". The display will show thehexadecimal code transmitted and the hexadecimalcode received. If there is a failure (that is, the char-acter received does not match the character trans-mitted), the failed hexadecimal code will continue tobe transmitted.

1. To select this test, enter program code 943:

943 RS-485 No Echo Test

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test. The cycle nowbegins:

943 RS-485 Txx Ryy

xx is the hexadecimal code for the transmittedcharacter

yy is the hexadecimal code for the receivedcharacter

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

This diagnostic tests the RS-485 channel hardware.

944 - Communication Test - EIA-485 - WithEchoThis diagnostic does not require the AccuLoad II tobe opened. This tests the EIA-485 channel four-wirecommunications. This test will verify the communica-tion link between the AccuLoad II and the communi-cating device. When a character is received, thatsame character will be transmitted back to the com-municating device. The information displayed by theAccuLoad II will be in hexadecimal code. The infor-mation will be echoed back from the AccuLoad II andwill print in ASCII characters.

Requirements for this test are as follows:

1. EIA-485 communications must be installed.

2. The baud rate of the AccuLoad II and thecommunicating device must be the same.

3. The AccuLoad II display will show the transmittedinformation and it will appear on the right of thescreen and move from right to left. If errorsappear on either device, do the No EchoCommunications test (943) to determine if theproblem is in the AccuLoad II or thecommunicating device.

1. To select this test, enter program code 944:

944 RS-485 Com Echo Test

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

944 RS-485 Com Echo xx

xx is the hexadecimal code of the characterreceived

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

This echo back diagnostic tests communicationsbetween RS-485 devices.

Page 107: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 99

945 - Meter Pulse Test 1 (Active)This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input product 1.To set up for this test, input pulse type must be ac-tive.

1. To select this test, enter program code 945:

945 CH 1 Active Pulse

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

945 M00000 P00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the meter pulse counter and pulse security errorcounter.

946 - Meter Pulse Test 1 (Contact)This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input product 1.To set up for this test, input pulse type must be con-tact.

1. To select this test, enter program code 946:

946 CH 1 Contact Pulse

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

946 M00000 P00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the meter pulse counter and pulse security errorcounter.

947 - Meter Pulse Test 2 (Active)This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input product 2.To set up for this test, input pulse type must be ac-tive.

1. To select this test, enter program code 947:

947 CH 2 Active Pulse

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

947 M00000 P00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the meter pulse counter and pulse security errorcounter.

948 - Meter Pulse Test 2 (Contact)This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input product 2.To set up for this test, input pulse type must be con-tact.

1. To select this test, enter program code 948:

948 CH 2 Contact Pulse

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

948 M00000 P00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the meter pulse counter and pulse security errorcounter.

Page 108: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

100 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

949 - Meter Pulse Test 3 (Active)This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input product 3.To set up for this test, input pulse type must be ac-tive.

1. To select this test, enter program code 949:

949 CH 3 Active Pulse

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

949 M00000 P00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the meter pulse counter and pulse security errorcounter.

950 - Meter Pulse Test 3 (Contact)This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input product 3.To set up for this test, input pulse type must be con-tact.

1. To select this test, enter program code 950:

950 CH 3 Contact Pulse

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

950 M00000 P00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the meter pulse counter and pulse security errorcounter.

951 - Meter Pulse Test 4 (Active)This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input product 4.To set up for this test, input pulse type must be ac-tive.

1. To select this test, enter program code 951:

951 CH 4 Active Pulse

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

951 M00000 P00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the meter pulse counter and pulse security errorcounter.

952 - Meter Pulse Test 4 (Contact)This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input product 4. To set up for this test, input pulse type must be con-tact.

1. To select this test, enter program code 952:

952 CH 4 Contact Pulse

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

952 M00000 P00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the meter pulse counter and pulse security errorcounter.

Page 109: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 101

953 - Contact I nput TestThis diagnostic does not require the AccuLoad II tobe opened. This test will verify that the AccuLoad IIsenses a change (on/off) in the state of the inputs.The inputs that will be monitored are listed below.

1. To select this test, enter program code 953:

953 Contact Input Test

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

953 JxPxWxAxBxCxDxExFxGx

x is the state (0=on, 1=off) of the contact input.

Left display: Right display:J = Terminal point 9-10 J = Terminal point 9-10P = Program Mode P = Program Mode

Contact ContactW = Weights & W = Weights & Measures MeasuresA = AC Input #3 H = AC Input #9B = AC Input #2 I = AC Input #8C = AC Input #1 K = AC Input #7D = DC Input #1 L = DC Input #2E = AC Input #6 M = AC Input #12F = AC Input #4 N = AC Input #10G = AC Input #5 Q = AC Input #11

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the on/off state of the contact inputs.

954, 955, 956, 957 - High-Speed Prover TestProducts 1-4This diagnostic does not require the AccuLoad II tobe opened. This tests the high-speed prover outputfor the product by comparing the feedback from theprover with the pulses received. A factor of 1.25 isprogrammed into the high-speed prover for this test.

Note: During this test, pulses will be generated at the high-speedprover output.

1. To select this test, enter program code 954:

954 H S Prover-Prd 1

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

954 Prove Int xx Count yyyyy

Where:

yyyyy is the total input pulses times 1.25

xx is the high-speed prover feedback divided by256

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help MessageTest the prover, compare feedback with input pulsestimes the factor.

958, 959, 960, 961 - Pulse 1-4 Output TestThis diagnostic does not require the AccuLoad II tobe opened. This test outputs 1,000 pulses at a fre-quency of 50 Hz to the pulse output terminals. Uponcompletion of the test, the display will read "TicketPrinter Test Done".

1. To select this test, enter program code 958:

958 Ticket Print 1 Test

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

958 Test in progress

3. When the test has run to completion, the followingwill be displayed:

Ticket Printer Test Done

4. After the test has completed, press "CLEAR" toexit the test.

Help Message

This diagnostic outputs 1000 pulses at 50 Hz to theticket printer.

Page 110: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

102 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

962 - Clear Local StorageThis diagnostic clears the transactions that havebeen protected while in the Standby Mode. This di-agnostic is equivalent to the "Clear Transactions"communications command.

1. To select this code, enter program code 962.

962 Clear Local Storage

2. Press "ENTER" to clear local storage.

962 Local Storage Reset

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

This diagnostic clears the local storage area.

Warning

Warning: Pressing “ENTER” will cause all local stor-age data to be lost.

Note: This message applies to RBU-11 and above firmware.

963 - Contact Output TestThis diagnostic does not require the AccuLoad II tobe opened. This diagnostics allows the operator toview the on/off state of the relay outputs.

1. To select this test, enter program code 963:

963 Contact Output Test

2. Press "ENTER" to view the state of the relay.

>Ax Bx Cx Dx Ex Fx Gx Hx

>Ix Jx Kx Lx Mx Nx Px Qx

Where:

A = A/C Output #1 I = A/C Output #7B = A/C Output #2 J = A/C Output #8C = A/C Output #3 K = A/C Output #9D = A/C Output #4 L = A/C Output #10E = Upstream Relay #1 M = Upstream #2F = Downstream Relay #2 N = Downstream #2G = A/C Output #6 P = A/C Output #12H = A/C Output #5 Q = A/C Output #11

X = 1 State of the relay is off 0 State of the relay is on

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate viewing the relaystates.

Help Message

View the on/off state of the contact outputs.

964 - Clear Configurable Report

Note: This code applies to RBU-04 and above firmware.

This diagnostic clears the configurable report thathad been programmed. This can also be done at theprogram code where the configurable report is de-fined (each piece of information is cleared individu-ally), this diagnostic simplifies the process.

Note: This report can also be cleared through the "CC"communications command.

1. To select this code, enter program code 964.

964 Clear Config Report

2. Press "Enter" to clear the report.

Config Report Cleared

3. Press "Clear" to exit.

Help Message

This diagnostic clears the configurable report.

Page 111: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 103

High-Security DiagnosticsThe following diagnostics may require opening theAccuLoad II to gain access to the terminal strips tomake voltage checks or to add jumpers and so on.Whenever a diagnostic calls for alteration of the wir-ing or the use of test equipment, it must be done in anon-hazardous environment.

Diagnostics can be accessed in the followingmanner:

1. AccuLoad II must be in the Program Mode.

2. Jumper TP9 to TP10 on the computer displayboard.

3. Select the diagnostics directory.

4. Enter the program code number of the diagnosticdesired, then press "ENTER".

Full descriptions of each of the diagnostics isincluded.

991 - Relay Cycle TestBefore performing this test, if the AccuLoad II is con-trolling the system, the upstream and downstreammanual shutoff valves should be closed to avoid pos-sible product spills if the stop relay is used. Pressthe stop button to open the stop relay and removepower to the permissives.

This test will turn on each of the relays, first individu-ally, and then all relays simultaneously.

1. To select this test, enter program code 991:

991 Relay Cycle Test

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test. The cycle nowbegins:

991 Test in progress

3. Press "CLEAR" to terminate the test.

Help Message

This diagnostic alternately closes and opens all con-tact output relays.

992 - RAM TestThis diagnostic tests the RAM and then zeroes theRAM.

1. To select this test, enter program code 992:

992 RAM Test

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test. If the RAM testis successful, the AccuLoad II will go to theReady Mode.

Unleaded Ready 9:00:08

Where:

Unleaded Ready

is a programmable message on the left-hand display.

3. The RAM test will display the following whilecycling:

Low Line Voltage

Hardware Reset Occurred

RAM Test

RAM Test Passed

Page 112: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

104 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

"OR"

RAM Test Failed

Data Test

Data Retention Good

"OR"

Data Retention Bad

ROM U08 Test

ROM U08 Good

“OR”

ROM U09 Bad

ROM U11 Test

ROM U11 Good

"OR"

ROM U08 Bad

ROM U09 Test

ROM U09 Good

"OR"

ROM U11 Bad

Restoring Data 9:36:12

Unleaded Ready 9:36:20

The right-hand display will read:

Please Standby

while the test is being run.

Help Message

This tests RAM by writing patterns and reading backfor integrity.

993 - Power-up Dia gnosticsThis test performs the same diagnostics as onpower-up. Press "ENTER" to begin the series oftests.

1. To select this test, enter program code 993:

993 Power-up diagnostics

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

RAM Memory Test - This diagnostic tests the RAMby writing a series of patterns into the RAM and thenreading them back. This ensures that every locationin the RAM may be successfully written to and readback.

RAM Test

Page 113: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 105

3. If the RAM test is successful, the following will bedisplayed:

RAM Test Passed

4. If the RAM test fails, the following will bedisplayed:

RAM Failed XXXX

XXXX is the address that failed.

5. RAM Data Test - This test ensures that the datain the RAM, when the power was cycled, wasretained. If the display shows bad data retention,all programming parameters must be checked fordata integrity.

RAM Data Test

6. If the RAM test is successful, the following will bedisplayed:

Data Retention Good

7. If the RAM test fails, the following will bedisplayed:

Data Retention Bad

8. ROM Memory Test - This diagnostic will test theROM by calculating a Cyclical RedundancyChecksum (CRC) and comparing it with thechecksum stored in the PROM at the factory. Ifthese do not match, a ROM failure is detected. The location of the failure will be displayed in thealarm display program code.

ROM Uxx

xx is the PROM identifier.

9. If the ROM test fails, the following will bedisplayed:

ROM Uxx Error

10. After these test run to completion, the AccuLoadII will restore the data to the unit and return to the

Ready Mode.

Help Message

This diagnostic tests memory by running all of thepower-up diagnostics.

994 - Zero Non-resettable TotalsThis diagnostic will zero all of the non-resettable to-tals the AccuLoad II maintains.

1. To select this test, enter program code 994:

994 Invalid Program Code

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

994 Totals Reset

Help Message

This diagnostic zeroes all non-resettable totals.

995 - InitializeThis test zeroes all RAM and EEPROM variables. Allprogram entries will be set to the factory defaultstate. When the test is completed, the display willsequence through the power-up diagnostics and re-turn to the Ready Mode.

When "ENTER" is pressed to begin the diagnostic, allprogram entries will be set to the default state.

Page 114: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

106 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

1. To select this test, enter program code 995:

995 Invalid Program Code

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

Initialize

The test will run through the power-up diagnosticsand then will return to the Ready Mode.

Help Message

This diagnostic will initialize all data kept in RAM &EEPROM.

996 - WatchdogThis test ensures that the watchdog internal checkfeature is working properly. The watchdog will betested to see if it will reset the system if ignored for asufficient period. While waiting for the watchdog re-set, the display will be updated showing the length oftime (in seconds) since the test began. When thetest is completed, the display will sequence throughthe power-up diagnostics and return to the ReadyMode.

1. To select this test, enter code 996:

996 Watchdog Diagnostic

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

Left-hand display:

Watchdog Diagnostic

Right-hand display:

Wait for reset x.xx sec

x.xx is the amount of time since the test began.

3. The test will run to completion through the power-up diagnostics and then will return to the ReadyMode with a Watchdog and Data Retention alarm.

Unleaded Ready 7:48:51

Help Message

This internal check feature test should cause a resetwithin 2 seconds.

997 - Relay Select Test #1Prior to performing this test, if the AccuLoad II iscontrolling the system, the upstream and down-stream manual shutoff valves should be closed toavoid possible product spills if the stop relay is used.Press the "STOP" button to open the stop relay andremove power to the permissives.

1. To select this test, enter program code 997:

997 Relay Select Test 1

2. Press "ENTER" to select the test.

ALL OFFA0B0C0D0E0F0G0H0

3. Press the number or numbers of the relay that isto be tested 997 (i.e., 1, 2): After the "2" ispressed, the display will read:

RY1 ONA1B1C0D0E0F0G0H0

4. Press "ENTER" to test the relay or relays.

Page 115: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section II - System Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 107

Help Message

This test allows for turning each relay contactON/OFF by pressing the corresponding numeric keyvalue:

0 - ALL OFF1 - RY#1 (A)2 - RY#2 (B)3 - RY#3 (C)4 - RY#4 (D)5 - UPSTREAM #1 (E)6 - DOWNSTREAM #1 (F)7 - RY#6 (G)8 - RY#5 (H)9 - ALL ON

998 - Relay Select Test #2Prior to performing this test, if the AccuLoad II iscontrolling the system, the upstream and down-stream manual shutoff valves should be closed toavoid possible product spills if the stop relay is used.Press the "STOP" button to open the stop relay andremove power to the permissives.

1. To select this test, enter program code 998:

998 Relay Select Test #2

2. Press "ENTER" to select the test.

ALL OFF10J0K0L0M0N0P0Q0

3. Press the number or numbers of the relay that isto be tested (i.e., 1, 2): after the "1" is pressed,the display will read:

RY7 ONA1B1C0D0E0F0G0H0

4. Press "ENTER" to test the relay or relays.

Note: 0 = Off, 1 = On.

Help Message

This test allows for turning each relay contactON/OFF by pressing the corresponding numeric keyvalue:

0 - ALL OFF1 - RY#7 (I)2 - RY#8 (J)3 - RY#9 (K)4 - RY#10 (L)5 - UPSTREAM #2 (M)6 - DOWNSTREAM #2 (N)7 - RY#12 (P)8 - RY#11 (Q)9 - ALL ON

999 - Programs EEPROM/Default ParametersThis test zeroes all RAM and EEPROM variables.Then all program entries are set to a default state. This diagnostic is for test purposes only. It shouldnot be used to set up parameter values on a realsystem. When the test is completed, the display willsequence through the power-up diagnostics and re-turn to the Ready Mode.

1. To select this test, enter program code 998:

999 Invalid Program Code

2. Press "ENTER" to begin the test.

999 Programming EEPROM

This function will run to completion and then return tothe Ready Mode.

Help Message

This diagnostic will program an EEProm with valuesfor test purposes only.

Page 116: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

108 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

100 - Product General Purpose Directory

140 - Protection of Program Codes 180-189This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (180 through 189) will be orthe Weights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 180 through 189 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria, the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

140 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 180through 189.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

141 - Product SelectionThis code is used to select if this product is beingused by the system for any of the recipes that areprogrammed.

0 - Product In Use1 - Product Not In Use

141 0 Product In Use

Help Message

Select whether or not this product will be used.

Warning

Note: If enabling this product causes the total number of productsenabled to exceed the number selected in the System ConfigurationDirectory (code 001) the following critical message will be displayed:

Critical: The system low flow start rate cannot beless than any of the individual product minimum flowlimits.

Critical: Products must be selected in the configu-ration if they are to be enabled.

Note: If a product is disabled it may not be selected for use in anyenabled recipe and the following critical message will be displayed:

Critical: This product has been selected for use in arecipe.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

180 - Product M essageThis code allows a nine character entry message toserve as a meter or product identifier. The data entrywill allow the following characters to be selected aspart of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

180 94 Unlead = Prod Msg

Help Message

Alphanumeric product identifier displayed in theReady Mode.

Page 117: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 109

200 - Product Flow Control Directory

201 - Excess Flow RateThis two digit entry sets the maximum percentage bywhich the flow rate can exceed the high flow rate en-try without alarming. This entry must be greater thanthe Flow Tolerance entry (code 205), except when avalue of zero is entered to disable excess high flowalarm checking. The excess rate is entered as apercentage of the product high flow rate.

201 15% Excess Flow

Note: "00" disables the excess high flow alarm.

Help Message

Enter the highest flow rate allowed in % above thehigh flow rate.

Warning

Warning: A zero entry will disable this High FlowAlarm feature.

Warning: Entry is less than or equal to the Flow Tol-erance Entry.

202 - Overrun Alarm LimitThis two digit entry defines the number of whole unitsrequired to trigger the overrun alarm for this product.This value is preset to five units when shipped fromthe factory. The range of this entry is 01 to 99 units.

202 05 Overrun Limit

Note: "00" disables the overrun alarm limit.

Help Message

Enter number of units delivered over preset amountbefore alarm occurs.

Warning:

Warning: A zero entry will disable this Overrun Alarmfeature.

Critical: The system low flow start rate cannot beless than any of the individual product minimum flowlimits.

203 - Minimum Flow RateThis three digit entry defines the lowest programmed(final stage) flow rate.

203 100 Min Flow Rate

Help Message

Enter the minimum flow rate for digital valve controloperation.

204 - High Flow RateThis four digit code defines the maximum flow ratebeing controlled for this product during loading. Therange of this entry is 0001 to 9999 flow units.

204 0600 High Flow Rate

Note: "0000" will not allow the valve to open.

Help Message

Enter the first high flow rate for digital valve controloperation.

Warning

Warning: A zero entry will not allow the valve to openat start.

205 - Flow ToleranceThis two digit entry designates the percentage of thehigh flow rate that any preprogrammed flow rate ispermitted to vary from its programmed value withouta valve correction signal from the AccuLoad II. Therange of this entry is 00 to 20%.

205 09% Flow Tolerance

Example:

First high flow rate programmed at 600 GPMFlow Tolerance 9%

All flow rates can vary 54 GPM (600 GPM x 9% = 54GPM) without a valve correction signal from theAccuLoad II.

Page 118: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

110 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Help Message

Enter desired flow rate tolerance in % of 1st high flowrate.

206 - Zero Flow Alarm TimerThis two digit entry allows the operator to select theamount of time (in seconds) that the AccuLoad II is toignore zero flow before setting a zero flow alarm. The zero flow timer will not be started until the lowflow start volume has been delivered. The range ofthis entry is 01 through 99 seconds.

206 05 Sec Zero Q Timer

Note: "00" disables this option.

Help Message

Enter time in seconds zero flow is ignored beforevalve closure.

207 - First Trip VolumeThis four digit entry designates the preset volumeremaining on the line when flow slow-down begins.The range of this entry is 0000 to 9999 units.

207 0040 1st Trip Point

Help Message

Enter the preset volume remaining before flow slow-down occurs.

208 - Final (Sec ond) Trip VolumeThis three digit entry defines the preset volume (intenth of volume units) remaining at the final valveclosure signal for the product.

208 01.5 2nd Trip Point

Help Message

Enter the preset volume remaining before valve clo-sure occurs.

209 - Final (Sec ond) Trip Auto AdjustThis one digit entry defines the number of batchesthat are to be included in the average used to calcu-late the final trip adjustment. For a single productpreset this is the number of batches run, for multi-product ratio blending this number refers to numberof batches in which this product was run. The rangeof this entry is 1 to 9.

Note: The batch volumes must exceed the 1st trip volume.

209 3 Auto Adjust Engage

After the automatic adjustment has been completed,this code will then read:

209 3 Auto Adjust Done

Note: "0" disables the Final Trip Auto Adjust.

If for some reason the system parameters changeand the final trip point needs adjusted, the operatormust get into the Program Mode and reset the autoadjust to again automatically adjust the final stagetrip point.

Help Message

Enter amount of batches to average for auto 2nd tripvalve adjustment.

210 - Low Flow Alarm LimitThis three digit entry defines the set point in units perminute for the low flow alarm. The low flow alarm willbe triggered whenever a flow rate is equal to or lowerthan the limit set and is maintained for eight seconds.The low flow alarm is not triggered in cases wherethere is no flow. The range of this entry is 001 to 999flow units.

210 100 Low Flow Limit

Note: "000" disables the Low Flow Alarm Limit.

Page 119: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 111

Help Message

Enter the minimum flow rate allowed without a lowflow alarm.

Warning

Warning: A zero entry will disable this Low FlowAlarm feature.

211 - PT/VF Time DelayThis two digit program code determines the time de-lay (in seconds) before a Pulse Transmission/ValveFault (PT/VF) alarm occurs. This is the time fromwhen the valve opens and no pulses are detected orthe valve closes and pulses continue to be detectedbefore a PT/VF alarm occurs. The range of this en-try is 01 to 99 seconds.

211 15 Sec PT/VF Delay

Note: "00" time delay is invalid. The default value from the factoryis 15 seconds.

Help Message

Enter the time delay in seconds allowed before a PTand VF alarm occurs.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: This program code entry must not be zero.

240 - Protection of Program Codes 280-289This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (280 through 289) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 280 through 289 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria, the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

240 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 280through 289.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

241 - Flow Control Valve SecurityThis one digit entry specifies whether pulse transmis-sion security is to be used. This option is intendedfor use with a valve containing a valve stem switchwhich provides an open or closed indication.

0 - No Valve Security1 - Yes Valve Security

241 0 No Valve Security

Help Message

Select pulse transmission security using the valvestem switch.

Critical: This option is not currently configured.

280 - Flow Adjustment ToleranceThis two digit code designates the percentage ofvariance allowed from any programmed flow ratewithout a valve correction signal from the AccuLoadII. This code is used in conjunction with code 281 andthe function is designed to control the programmedflow rate within the percentage programmed in thiscode for the amount of time programmed in code281. The amount of seeking the AccuLoad II does tomaintain the programmed flow rates is dependent onhow much the system drifts once the flow conditionsare reached.

280 1.5% Flow Adj Tol

Note: "00.0" in code 281 will disable this function.

Page 120: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

112 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Example:

Programmed Flow Rate 300 GPMFlow Adjustment Tolerance 1.5%

The AccuLoad II will adjust the valve until the flow isbetween 295.5 and 304.5 GPM and will continue tohold this flow rate until the timer in code 281 expires.Once this timer expires, the AccuLoad II will revert tousing the tolerance programmed in code 205.

Help Message

Enter flow rate tolerance to be used when makingflow rate adjustments.

281 - Flow Adjustment TimerThis three digit code sets the amount of time that theAccuLoad II will try to maintain the flow rate withinthe tolerance programmed in code 280. Then Accu-Load II will revert to the tolerance programmed incode 205. The range of this code is 00.1 to 99.9 sec-onds.

281 99.9 Flow Adj Timer

Note: "00.0" disables this function.

Help Message

Enter the time duration in seconds for the flow rateadjustment tolerance to be in effect.

300 - Volume Accuracy Directory

301 - Minimum Batch VolumeThis five digit entry allows for the setting of the mini-mum batch allowed to be delivered for this product. Ifa recipe and batch volume are entered that wouldcause the product to be below the minimum productbatch a Fatal Message will be scrolled across theAccuLoad II display. The range of this entry is 00001to 99999 units.

Help Message

Enter the minimum batch amount allowed for thisproduct.

340 - Protection of Program Codes 380-389This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (380 through 389) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 380 through 389 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria, the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

340 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 380through 389.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

341, 343, 345, 347 - Flow RatesThese four digit entries are the flow rates at whichthe meter factors (codes 342, 344, 346, 348) are de-fined beginning with the highest flow rate in programcode 341 and descending to the lowest flow rate inprogram code 347. If only one meter factor is used,program code 341 or 343 must be set at "0000". Therange of these entries are 0001 to 9999 flow units.

341 0500 Flow Rate 1

Help Message

Enter the flow rate corresponding to meter factor.

Page 121: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 113

342, 344, 346, 348 - Meter FactorsThese five digit entries are the meter factors for theflow rates set in codes 341, 343, 345, and 347. Theformula for meter factor is:

Meter Factor =Actual Volume Delivered

Input Pulses

Input Resolution

If only a single meter factor is used, it must be putinto program code 342. The flow rate selected in pro-gram code 341 or 343 must be set to "0000". Underthese conditions any other meter factors pro-grammed will be ignored. The range of these entriesare 0.0001 to 9.9999.

342 1.0012 Meter Fac 1

Note: A zero entry in meter factor 1 will be considered an invalidentry. Zero entries in the remaining factors will result in that factorand subsequent factors not being used. (e.g., if a zero entry is madefor factor 2, factors 3 and 4 will not be used.)

Help Message

Meter Fac = Actual Vol x Current Fac x Input Reso-lution /Input Pulses.

Warning

Critical: Adjacent meter factors must be within LinFactor Deviation.

Critical: Each meter factor must be within 2% ofmaster meter factor.

Fatal Warning (For Meter Factor 1 only).

Fatal: This program code entry must not be zero.

349 - Meter Factor % Change/DegreeThis program code allows the entry of the meter fac-tor variation (% change per degree of temperature).This four digit entry represents the meter factor per-cent change per degree of unit temperature. Therange of this value is .0001 - .9999 percent.

Note: This code does not have to be programmed unless code 392is programmed "1 - Yes Meter Factor Variation".

349 0.0012 MF Correction

Help Message

The meter factor variation in % change per degree oftemperature.

Warning

Critical: As programmed elsewhere, this programcode is not used.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

350 - Meter Factor Reference Temperature

This code allows the programmable entry of themeter factor reference temperature. This four digitentry represents the temperature, in tenths, at whichthe percent meter factor variation per of degree unittemperature was determined. The range of this entryis 000.1 to 999.9 units.

Note: This code does not have to be programmed unless code 392is programmed "1 - Yes Meter Factor Variation".

350 020.0 °F MF Ref Temp

Note: If the temperature option is not installed via the AccuLoadControl Module (ACM), the display will show:

350 No Temp Installed

and no entries will be allowed.

Note: If no temperature units are selected in the temperature unitssystem code 441,

350 No Temperature Used

will be displayed.

Help Message

Reference temperature for the percent meter factorvariation entry.

Page 122: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

114 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

351 - Pulse OutputThis program code defines whether the pulse outputregisters in Raw, Gross, GST, Net or Mass units forthis product.

0 - Raw Pulse Output1 - Gross Pulse Output2 - Gross @ Standard Temperature Pulse Output3 - Net Pulse Output

4 - Mass Pulse Output

351 3 Net Print Out

Help Message

Select registration for printer output: Raw, Grs, GST,Net or Mass.

Warning:

Critical: This option is available, but not installed.

Critical: Pulse output is not currently configured forthis product.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

352 - Pulse Output ResolutionThis six digit program code entry defines the pulseoutput resolution for this product. The number isentered as the portion of the units of registration(fractional or whole) for which you want an outputpulse. (e.g., an entry of 000.100 indicates a pulse willbe output for each tenth of a unit. An entry of010.000 will output a pulse for each 10 units.) Therange of this program code is 000.001 to 999.999.

Note: Input pulses must be 2.5 times greater than the output pulses(e.g., 100 output pulses/unit volume requires at least 250 inputpulses/unit).

352 000.100 Gal/Prt Out

Note: 000.000 disables the pulse output.

Help Message

Enter the printer output resolution per unit of registra-tion.

Warning:

Critical: Pulse output is not currently configured forthis product.

353 - Input ResolutionThis four digit code defines the nominal number ofpulses from a meter for one unit of registration. Thevalue must be between 0025 and 9999.

353 0100 Pulses/Gal

Note: This value must not be "0000".

Help Message

Enter the number of pulses required per one unit ofregistration.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: This program code entry must not be zero.

Note: Each product must have a value programmed even if theproduct is not configured.

354 - Dual Pulse Error C ountThis three digit program code defines the number oferror counts that may be received from a dual pulsecomparator without causing a pulse security alarm.The range of this program code is 001 to 999.

354 010 DPC Errors

Note: If the Dual Pulse option is not installed via the AccuLoad IIControl Module (ACM), the display shows:

354 Dual Pulse Not Inst

Help Message

The number of pulse input errors allowed beforealarm.

Page 123: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 115

355 - Dual Pulse Error ResetThis program code allows the dual pulse error countto be reset under the following conditions:

0 - No dual pulse error c ount reset. A PSalarm may be generated on power-up (ifconditions exist) or PS alarm condition.

1 - Transact ion dual pulse error c ountreset. Force the resetting of the dual pulseerror count at the end of a transaction.

2 - Power-up dual pulse error c ount reset.Force resetting of the dual pulse errorcount on power-up.

3 - Transact ion and power-up reset. Forceresetting of the dual pulse error count onpower-up and at the end of a transaction.

355 0 No DPC Error Reset

Note: If the Dual Pulse option is not installed via the AccuLoad IIControl Module (ACM), the display shows:

355 Dual Pulse Not Inst

and no entries will be allowed.

Help Message

Select how DPC error count is reset: None, Power-up, End Transaction.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

356 - Dual Pulse Flow Rate CutoffThis three digit code defines the flow rate at whichthe errors of the dual pulse comparators will begin tobe counted. The range of this entry will be 000 to999 units of flow.

356 050 DP Flow Cutoff

Note: If the Dual Pulse option is not installed via the AccuLoad IIControl Module (ACM), the display shows:

356 Dual Pulse Not Inst

and no entries will be allowed.

Help Message

Enter the flow rate at which the dual pulse comp er-rors will be counted.

390 - Master Meter FactorThis program code allows the operator to set a mas-ter meter factor. This five digit entry will be used torestrict meter factors one through four (codes 342,344, 346 and 348), to plus or minus 2% of the masterfactor (i.e., the value entered here). This range re-striction applies only to meter factors which are pro-grammed for use (i.e., meter factor one always; and,if linearizing, all the factors used). Any attempt toenter a meter factor outside the 2% range, if in-stalled, will cause a Critical Warning.

In addition, a master factor entry that causes the cur-rent meter factors installed to be out of range willcause those meter factors which are out of range toprompt a Critical Message. This critical conditionmust be corrected so that all used meter factors arewithin the 2% range of the master factor before nor-mal Run Mode operations can occur. This code willbe under the High-Security Mode (See OperatorGuide MN06065 for details).

The value of the master factor may range from0.0001 to 9.9999.

390 1.0012 Master Factor

Note: "0.0000" disables the Master Meter Factor.

Help Message

Restricts programmed meter factors to + or - 2% ofthis master factor.

WarningCritical: Each meter factor must be within 2% ofmaster meter factor.

Page 124: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

116 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

391 - Linearized Factor DeviationThis code allows the operator to set a maximum de-viation between adjacent meter factors. This threedigit entry will be used to restrict deviation betweenthe adjacent meter factors in use to plus or minus theentered percentage (i.e., the value entered here).Any attempt to enter a meter factor outside the en-tered range will cause a Critical Warning.

Also, a linearized factor deviation entry that results inthe current meter factors installed to be out of rangewill set a program code alarm. The meter factorsthat are out of range will be indicated by a DA alarm.The meter factors at fault must be corrected so theyare within range of the deviation entry before normalRun Mode operations can occur. This code will beunder the High-Security Mode (See Operator GuideMN06065 for details). The value of the linearizedfactor deviation may range from 0.01 to 9.99%.

391 1.02% Linear Fac Dev

Note: "0.00" disables the Linearized Factor Deviation.

Help Message

Set the maximum deviation in % allowed betweenadjacent meter factors.

Warning

Critical: Adjacent meter factors must be within LinFactor Deviation.

392 - Meter Factor VariationThis program code allows the use of the meter factorvariation entries. This one digit entry will be used toselect if meter factor variation is on or off (assumingthe associated program codes 349 and 350 areproperly programmed). This program code will beunder the High-Security Mode (See Operator GuideMN06065 for details).

0 - No Meter Factor Variation1 - Yes Meter Factor Variation

392 0 Meter Fac Vary No

Help Message

Select the use of meter factor variation with tem-perature.

Warning

Critical: As programmed elsewhere, this programcode is not used.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

393 - Transmitter TypeThis one digit program code defines the transmittertype used with the AccuLoad II. The two types avail-able are: Single (Channel A only) and Dual (ChannelA and B). This code will be under the High-SecurityMode (See Operator Guide MN06065 for details).

0 - Single Channel1 - Dual Channel

393 0 Single Channel

Help Message

Select a single or dual pulse input transmitter.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Note: If the Dual Pulse option is not installed on the ACM thefollowing Fatal Message will be scrolled across the AccuLoad IIdisplay:

Fatal: This option is available, but not installed.

400 - Temperature and Density Directory

440 - Protection of Program Codes 480-489This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (480 through 489) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

Page 125: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 117

To select the protection for 480 through 489 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria, the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

440 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 480through 489.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

441 - API Table & Pr oductThis two digit code selects the API Table and productto be selected. The following entries will be allowed:

00 - No API Table01 - API Table 5A02 - API Table 5B03 - API Table 5D04 - API Table 6A05 - API Table 6B06 - API Table 6C07 - API Table 6D08 - API Table 23A09 - API Table 23B10 - API Table 23D11 - API Table 2412 - API Table 24A13 - API Table 24B14 - API Table 24D15 - API Table 53A16 - API Table 53B17 - API Table 53D18 - API Table 5419 - API Table 54A20 - API Table 54B21 - API Table 54C22 - API Table 54D

441 04 API Table 6A

Note: Tables 5, 23 and 53 are used with a live densitometer input tocorrect the densitometer input to a reference density. Then thecorrected reference density is used by Tables 6, 24 or 54 toestablish the Volume Correction Factor to be used. If a livedensitometer input is used with an even table, the live density will betreated as the density at the reference temperature.

If system code 441 is programmed "0", No Temperature Selected,the display will read:

441 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Select the API Table & Product to use for tempera-ture compensation.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with other pro-gram code entries.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

442 - Reference DensityThis code has a constant five digit entry with a float-ing decimal point and the format is based on the Ta-ble and Product selection made in code 441. Theprogram code format and data entry will allow theprogrammable entry of the Reference Density whentable 54 is selected, Relative Density when table 24is selected, API when table 6 is selected, and tem-perature coefficient when a C table is selected. Thisfive digit entry represents the reference value used tocalculate the volume correction factor. The range ofthis value will vary with the table selection chosen.

Note: When table 6 is selected, the leading digit will be used toshow polarity, a 0 = positive and a 1 = negative.

Note: If API tables 5, 23, or 53 are selected, live density is to beused and the display would read:

Ref Density Not Used

and no entries are allowed.

Page 126: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

118 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Entry range based on table selection.

Table 6 -999.9 to +999.9 APITable 24 0.0000 to 9.9999 Relative DensityTable 54 0000.0 to 9999.9 Reference DensityC Tables 0000.0 to 0.9999 Percent per Degree

Temperature

Note: If the API table selection is changed, the previous five digitentry for reference will not be converted. The decimal point will bemoved within the five digits to conform to the formats shown above.However, range errors may result. For example: if a referencedensity of 1079.5 was entered for table 54B and then the API tableselection was changed to table 54C, the reference would bedisplayed as 1.0795 percent per degree temperature and a fatalrange error would result.

442 +85.0 API

The following are examples of the display when Ta-bles 24, 54 or 6C and 54C are selected.

Table 24 selected

442 0.9875 Rel Density

Table 54 selected

442 1150.2 Kg/M3

Table 6C or 54C selected

442 0.9875 %/ °F

Note: If system code 441 is programmed "0", No Temperature Se-lected, the display will read:

442 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Select Products Reference Density, API, RelativeDensity or Coefficient.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

443 - Low Temperature AlarmThis code allows the entry of a temperature readingthat will cause a low temperature alarm to be gener-ated. The temperature units will be dependent on theentry made in the Temperature Scale Select code(S441). This four digit entry has a range of -998 to+999 degrees F or C. The first digit must be a zero ora one to show polarity, where a 0 = positive and a 1= negative.

443 +020 °F Low Temp

Note: "-999" will disable the alarm.

If system code 441 is programmed "0", No Tem-perature Selected, the display will read:

443 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Enter temperature that will signal an alarm for lowproduct temperature.

444 - High Temperature AlarmThis code allows the entry of a temperature readingthat will cause a high temperature alarm to be gener-ated. The temperature units will be dependent on theentry made in the Temperature Scale Select code(S441). This four digit entry has a range of -999 to+998 degrees F or C. The first digit must be a zero ora one to show polarity, where a 0 = positive and a 1= negative.

444 +200 °F High Temp

Note: An entry of "+999" will disable the alarm.

If system code 441 is programmed "0", No Tem-perature Selected, the display will read:

444 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Enter temperature that will signal an alarm for highproduct temperature.

Page 127: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 119

445 - Maintenance TemperatureThis code allows the entry of a maintenance tem-perature to be used when a temperature probe is notinstalled or working, but temperature related calcula-tions are desired. The temperature units will be de-pendent on the entry made in the Temperature ScaleSelect code (S441). This five digit entry has a rangeof +999.9 to - 999.8 temperature units. The first digitmust be a zero or a one to show polarity, where a 0 =positive and a 1 = negative.

Note: An entry greater than -999.9 will override the temperatureprobe or transducer input if installed and will be used in allcalculations that temperature is used.

445 +080.0 °F Maint Temp

Note: "-999.9" will disable the Maintenance Temperature.

If system code 441 is programmed "0", No Tem-perature Selected, the display will read:

445 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Select maintenance temperature if a temperatureprobe is not installed.

446 - Temperature Probe OffsetThis three digit entry allows the temperature probeoffset error to be corrected. The first digit must bezero or a one to show polarity, 0 = positive and 1 =negative. The second and third digits are the offsetrequired, in tenths of a degree F or C.

Note: This offset is applied to the RTD or 4-20 channel selected astemperature input for this product.

446 +1.5 °F Offset

Note: If system code 441 is programmed "0", No TemperatureSelected, the display will read:

446 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Enter the value to correct for temperature probe off-set error.

447 - Low Density AlarmThis four digit entry is the density setting that willcause a low density alarm to be generated if the den-sity drops below this set point. The density units willbe dependent on the entry made in the Density UnitsSelect code (445 of the Systems Directory). Therange of this entry is 0001 to 9999 Kg/M3 or Lb/F3.

447 0040 Lb/F3 Low Dens

Note: An entry of "0000" will disable the alarm.

If code 445 is programmed "0", No Density UnitsInstalled, the display will read:

447 No Density Used

Help Message

Enter density that will signal an alarm for low densityproduct.

448 - High Density AlarmThis four digit entry of the density setting will cause ahigh density alarm to be generated if the densitygoes above this set point. The density units will bedependent on the entry made in the Density UnitsSelect program code (445 of the Systems Directory).The range of this entry is 0001 to 9999 Kg/M3 orLb/F3.

448 0140 Lb/F3 High Dens

Note: An entry of "0000" will disable the alarm.

Page 128: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

120 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

If code 450 is programmed "0", No Density Units In-stalled, the display will read:

448 No Density Used

Help Message

Enter density that will signal an alarm for high densityproduct.

500 - Pressure Directory

501 - Minimum Back Pressure Flow RateSettingThis four digit entry allows the operator to select theminimum back pressure flow rate that will not causean alarm. That is, anytime the flow rate is being con-trolled because of insufficient back pressure and itfalls below this programmed rate, a back pressurealarm will be issued and the transaction shut down.The range of this entry will be 0001 to 9999.

501 0300 Back Pressure Q

Note: An ’0000’ entry disables the alarm.

Help Message

Enter minimum flow rate allowed during B.P. opera-tion before alarm.

502 - Differential PressureThis three digit entry allows the operator to select thedelta pressure in psia, bars or kg/cm2 (units depend-ent on the pressure units select entry). This is theadditional pressure desired to be maintained abovethe vapor or back pressure.

The range of this entry will be 001 to 999 pressureunits. An entry of 000 will disable pressure control ofthe valve by a pressure transducer.

502 100 Delta Pressure

Note: A non-zero entry here will override any other programmedtype of back pressure flow control.

Note: "000" disables this feature.

If system code 541 is programmed "0", No PressureInstalled, this code will read:

502 No Pressure Used

Help Message

Enter the back pressure maintained above productvapor pressure.

Warning

Critical: As programmed elsewhere, this programcode is not used.

503 - Minimum Back Pressure Flow RateTimer SettingThis two digit entry allows the operator to select theminimum time, in seconds, allowed for the unit toachieve a desired flow rate. At this point the flow ratewill be lowered by a percentage because of insuffi-cient back pressure. (This percentage may be pro-grammed in the Back Pressure Reduction code 504.)If the flow rate falls below the back pressure mini-mum flow, an alarm will be issued and the transac-tion shut down. The range of this entry will be 1 to 99seconds.

(Note: This entry is used for the Automatic Flow Optimization(AFO).)

Note: See Appendices for requirements for back pressure controlwithout a pressure transducer.

503 20 Sec Q Timer

Note: "00" disables any Back Pressure control (including thedifferential pressure method.)

Help Message

Enter time, in seconds, allowed to reach a desiredflow during B.P. Control.

Page 129: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 121

504 - Back Pressure ReductionThis two digit entry allows the operator to select thepercentage of flow rate to be used during insufficientback pressure or insufficient flow conditions. (For ex-ample, an entry of 90% will cause the flow rate to bereduced to 90% of the current rate during insufficientback pressure conditions.) The range of this entrywill be 50 to 90 percent.

Note: This entry is used for the Automatic Flow Optimization (AFO).

Note: See Appendices for requirements for back pressure controlwithout a pressure transducer.

504 60% BP Reduction

Help Message

Enter the percentage of flow rate to be used duringinsufficient B.P.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

505 - Low Pressure AlarmThis code allows the entry of the pressure readingwhich will cause a low pressure alarm to be gener-ated. The pressure units will be dependent on theentry made in the Pressure Scale Select code(S541). This four digit entry has a range of 0001 to9999 pressure units.

505 0020 Psi Low Pres

Note: "0000" disables the low pressure alarm.

If code 541 (Systems Directory) is programmed "0",No Pressure Installed, this code will read:

505 No Pressure Used

Help Message

Enter pressure that will signal an alarm for low prod-uct pressure.

506 - High Pressure AlarmThis code allows the entry of the pressure readingwhich will cause a high pressure alarm to be gener-ated. The pressure units will be dependent on theentry made in the Pressure Scale Select code(S541). This four digit entry has a range of 0001 to9999 pressure units.

506 0600 Psi High Pres

Note: "0000" will disable the high pressure alarm.

If code 541 (Systems Directory) is programmed "0",No Pressure Installed, this code will read:

506 No Pressure Used

Help Message

Enter pressure that will signal an alarm for high prod-uct pressure.

540 - Protection of Program Codes 580-589This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (580 through 589) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 580 through 589 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria, the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

540 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 580through 589.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 130: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

122 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

541 - Compressibility FactorThis code will allow for the entry of a compressibilityfactor that will be used by the system to calculate theCPL. This entry should be zeroed if a densitometer isinstalled. The factor is used as the following: XXXXXequals the factor entered and it is applied as the fol-lowing: 0.0000XXXXX per pressure unit.

Note: This value will represent the "F" variable in the CPL equation.

541 0024 Pressure Coef

If code 541 (Systems Directory) is programmed "0",No Pressure Installed, this code will read:

541 No Pressure Used

Help Message

Enter the compressibility factor used to calculate theCPL.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with other pro-gram code entries.

542 - Vapor Pressure CalculationThis one digit entry defines the method that the Ac-cuLoad II will use to calculate the vapor pressure of aproduct. The two methods are:

0 - Straight Line Approximation (Requirespoints of the curve to be entered in codes543 through 548.)

1 - As outlined in the GPA TP-15 Tables. (Uses the reference density of the productin calculations.)

542 1 GPA TP-15 Vapor Pr

Help Message

Choose whether to calculate vapor pressure bystraight-line approximation or as outlined in the GPA-TP15.

Warning (GPA Method)

Critical: The vapor pressure method selected re-quires relative density.

Warning: This method computes vapor pressure inabsolute. Therefore pressure must be entered in ab-solute (not gage).

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

543, 545, 547 - Product Vapor Pr essureThese three codes allow the operator to select thevapor pressure(s), that will be used to define the va-por pressure versus temperature curve. This curve isused to calculate the current vapor pressure. Thepressure(s) are defined beginning with the lowestpressure ascending to the highest pressure. Therange of these four digit entries will be 000.1 to 999.9pressure units. The units for this entry will be de-pendent on the entry made in the Pressure UnitsSelect code 541 (Systems Directory).

Note: The vapor pressure calculation, determined from the entries

made here, will also be used in the CPL equation as the "Pe" entry.Therefore, careful consideration should be given in determiningthese points and their accuracy.

Note: An entry of "000.0" for 545 will result in only vapor pressure 1@ 543 being used. An entry of "000.0" for 547 will allow two pointlinearization over the entries in 543 & 545.

543 150.0 Psi Vapor P1

If code 541 (Systems Directory) is programmed "0",No Pressure Transducer Installed, this code will read:

543 No Pressure Used

Help Message

Enter product vapor pressure at corresponding prod-uct temperature.

Page 131: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 123

544, 546, 548 - Product Vapor Pr essureTemperatureThese three codes allow the operator to select thetemperature(s) that will be used to define the vaporpressure versus temperature curve. This curve isused to calculate the current vapor pressure. Thesetemperatures correspond with the vapor pressuresentered above. The first digit of the entry indicatespolarity where 0 = positive and 1 = negative. The to +dependent on the entry made in the TemperatureUnits Select program code 441 in the Systems Di-rectory.

Note: The vapor pressure calculation determined from the entriesmade here will also be used in the CPL equation as the "Pe" entry.Therefore, careful consideration should be given in determiningthese points and their accuracy.

544 +150 °F Vapor P1

If the temperature option is not installed via the Ac-cuLoad Control Module (ACM), the display will show"No Temp Installed" and no entries will be allowed.

544 No Temp Installed

If no temperature units are selected in the tempera-ture units program code, "No Temperature Used" willbe displayed and no entries will be allowed.

544 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Enter product temperature at corresponding productvapor pressure.

549 - Maintenance PressureThis code allows the entry of a maintenance pressureto be used when a pressure transducer is not in-stalled but pressure related calculations are desired. The pressure units will be dependent on the entrymade in the Pressure Units Select code (541 of theSystems Directory). The range of this entry is 000.1to 999.9 pressure units.

Note: A non-zero entry will override the pressure transducer input,if installed.

549 150.0 Psi Maint Pres

Note: "0000" disables this feature.

Help Message

Enter a maintenance pressure if a pressure trans-ducer is not installed.

600 - Read Only Directory

601 - Raw Non-resettable VolumeThis code will display the raw non-resettable totals.

601 Raw Totals 123456789

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable raw throughput totals.

602 - Gross Non-resettable VolumeThis code will display the gross non-resettable totals.

602 Grs Totals 123456789

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable Grs throughput totals.

603 - Gross @ Standard Temp. Non-resettable VolumeThis code will display the GST non-resettable totals.

603 GST Totals 123456789

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable Gst throughput totals.

Page 132: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

124 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

604 - Net Non-resettable VolumeThis code will display the net non-resettable totals.

604 Net Totals 123456789

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable net throughput totals.

605 - Mass Non-resettable TotalsThis code will display the mass non-resettable totals.

605 Mas Totals 123456789

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable mass throughput totals.

606 - Load Average TemperatureThis code will display the load average temperature.

606 Load Avg Tmp+ 62.5 °F

Help Message

Display only - Average load temperature for the pre-vious transaction.

607 - Load Average PressureThis code will display the load average pressure.

607 Avg Pres 162.5 Kgcm

Help Message

Display only - Average load pressure for the previoustransaction.

608 - Load Average DensityThis code will display the load average density.

608 Avg Dens 102.5 Lb/F3

Help Message

Display only - Average load density for the previoustransaction.

609 - Load Average Meter FactorThis code will display the load average meter factor.

609 Avg Meter Fac 1.1250

Help Message

Display only - Average load meter factor for the pre-vious transaction.

640 - Protection of Program Codes 680-689This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (680 through 689) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 680 through 689 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria, the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

640 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 680through 689.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 133: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 125

700 - Communications Directory

701, 702, 703, 704 - HM ClassificationThe Hazardous Materials (HM) Classification is an 80character entry and must be split between programcodes 701, 702, 703, and 704 in the Product Direc-tory. Program code 701 will allow the first 20 char-acters to be entered, program code 702 the next 20characters, program code 703 the next 20 charac-ters, and program code 704 the last 20 characters. The data entry will allow the following characters tobe selected as part of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

701 Gasoline, Flammable

Help Message

Enter a HM Classification - 20 character maximumentry.

740 - Protection of Program Codes 780-789This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (780 through 789) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 780 through 789 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights and Meas-ures mode protection entry criteria, the following op-tions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

740 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 780through 789.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

800 - Inputs & Outputs Directory

840 - Protection of Program Codes 880-889This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (880 through 889) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for 880 through 889 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, thefollowing options are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

840 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 880through 889.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 134: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section III - Product Directory

126 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

900 - Diagnostics Directory

940 - Protection of Program Codes 980-989This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (980 through 989) will be al-lowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments. To select the protection for 980 through 989block of program codes and to satisfy the Weightsand Measures mode protection entry criteria, the fol-lowing options are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

940 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 980through 989.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 135: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section IV - Recipe Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 127

__01 - Blend RecipeThis one digit entry is used to select whether thisrecipe is to be used or not.

The permissible entries are as follows:

0 - Recipe disabled1 - Recipe enabled

Note: A zero entry, signifying that this recipe is not used, will causea common message, "Recipe Not Used", to be displayed for all ofthe other program codes in the directory for this recipe when viewedin the program menu or through communications.

0101 1 Recipe Enabled

Help Message

Select whether this recipe is to be available for use ornot.

Warning

Critical: The percentages for the components do notadd up to 100%.

Critical: A product selected for use in this recipe hasbeen disabled.

Critical: The volume type selected is not installed.

Critical: The delivered volume type must be one ofthe volume types selected for local storage.

__02 - Blend Recipe NameThis program code allows an entry of up to ninecharacters. It will be used as an identifier of theblend recipe in the preset display and on the productreceipt ticket. The data entry will allow the followingcharacters to be selected as part of the name:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

0102 Gasohol

Help Message

Enter a blend recipe description - nine charactermaximum entry.

__03 - Recipe Raw Non-resettable VolumeThis code will display the recipe raw non-resettablevolume.

0103 Raw Total 123456789

Help Message

Display only - non-resettable raw throughput total.

__04 - Recipe Gross Non-resettable VolumeThis code will display the recipe gross non-resettablevolume.

0104 Grs Total 123456789

Help Message

Display only - non-resettable gross throughput total.

__05 - Recipe Gross at Standard Temp. Non-resettable VolumeThis code will display the gross @ standard tem-perature non-resettable volume.

0105 Gst Total 123456789

Help Message

Display only - non-resettable GST throughput total.

__06 - Recipe Net Non-resettable VolumeThis code will display the recipe net non-resettablevolume.

0106 Net Total 123456789

Page 136: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section IV - Recipe Directory

128 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Help Message

Display only - non-resettable net throughput total.

__07 - Recipe Mass Non-resettable TotalThis code will display the recipe mass non-resettabletotals.

0107 Mas Total 123456789

Help Message

Display only - non-resettable mass throughput total.

__08 - HM ClassificationThis one digit code assigns a product HM Classifica-tion to the recipe. This HM Classification will print onthe load ticket for this recipe. (See Appendix for lo-cation of the HM Classification on the load ticket.)

Note: HM Classifications are defined in the individual productdirectories.

1 - Product 12 - Product 23 - Product 34 - Product 4

0108 HM Class Product 1

Help Message

Select Product HM Classification.

__09 - Minimum PresetThis code displays the minimum volume of this recipethat can be delivered. This is a read only programcode. When presetting a batch, the entered preset iscompared with the recipe minimum preset which isdisplayed here. If the entered preset is less than theminimum, a warning message will be displayed andthe batch will not be delivered until the preset amounthas been corrected.

The minimum preset is calculated using the percent-ages programmed in the recipe and the minimumproduct batch or second trip amount associated witheach product. In the formulas below, if the minimumproduct batch is less than the second trip volume, thesecond trip will be used.

(In the following displays, RCF stands for RecipeCorrection Factor).

If clean line is not installed:

Minimum Preset =Minimum Product Batch

% of Product Programmedx RCF

The minimum preset is calculated for each product inthe recipe. The greatest value calculated is dis-played here as the Recipe Minimum Preset.

If clean line is installed:

Minimum Preset =Minimum Product Batch

% of Product Programmedx RCF

For the product selected as the product to deductclean line from:

Minimum Preset =Clean Volume + Minimum Product Batch

% of Product Programmedx RCF

The minimum preset is calculated for all products. The greatest value calculated is displayed here asthe Recipe Minimum Preset.

0109 Min Preset 12345

Help Message

Display only - Minimum preset for this recipe.

Page 137: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section IV - Recipe Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 129

__10 - Product #1's High, 2nd High and LowFlow RatesThis read only code displays the calculated flow ratesfor product #1 if used in this recipe. The flow rateswill read from left to right 1st high flow, 2nd high flowand the low flow rate. A ’+’ or ’-’ indicates the prod-uct's desired flow rate was outside the product'smaximum or minimum flow limits and then an un-wanted flow adjustment had to be made.

0110 Prd1 0500 0300 0100

Help Message

Display only - Calculated values for product's high,2nd high and low flow rate. A ’+‘ or ’-’ indicates thedesired flow rate was outside the product's flow lim-its.

__11 - Product #2's High 2nd High and LowFlow RatesThis read only code displays the calculated flow ratesfor product #2 if used in this recipe. The flow rateswill read from left to right 1st high flow, 2nd high flowand the low flow rate. A ’+’ or ’-’ in front of the flowrate indicates a flow rate adjustment had to be made.

0111 Prd2 0500 0300 0100

Help Message

Display only - Calculated values for product's high,2nd high and low flow rate. A ’+’ or ’-’ in front of theflow rate indicates a flow rate adjustment had to bemade.

__12 - Product #3's High 2nd High and LowFlow RatesThis read only code displays the calculated flow ratesfor product #3 if used in this recipe. The flow rateswill read from left to right 1st high flow, 2nd high flowand the low flow rate. A ’+’ or ’-’ in front of the flowrate indicates a flow rate adjustment had to be made.

0112 Prd3 0500 0300 0100

Help Message

Display only - Calculated values for product's high,2nd high and low flow rate. A ’+’ or ’-’ in front of theflow rate indicates a flow rate adjustment had to bemade.

__13 - Product #4's High 2nd High and LowFlow RatesThis read only code displays the calculated flow ratesfor product #4 if used in this recipe. The flow rateswill read from left to right 1st high flow, 2nd high flowand the low flow rate. A ’+’ or ’-’ in front of the flowrate indicates a flow rate adjustment had to be made.

0113 Prd4 0500 0300 0100

Help Message

Display only - Calculated values for product's high,2nd high and low flow rate. A ’+’ or ’-’ in front of theflow rate indicates a flow rate adjustment had to bemade.

__40 - Protection of Program Codes__80-__89This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (__80 through __89) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection require-ments.

To select the protection for __80 through __89 blockof program codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the follow-ing options are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

0140 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 180through 189.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 138: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section IV - Recipe Directory

130 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

__41 - Preset DisplayThis code establishes how the preset volume displaywill appear during operation. Five possible selec-tions are available:

0 - Raw Preset (Pulses/Input Resolution)1 - Gross Preset (Grs)2 - Gross @ Standard Temperature Preset

(Gst)3 - Gross @ Standard Temperature & Pres-

sure Preset (Net)4 - Mass Preset (Whole Units)

0141 1 Gross Preset

Help Message

Select the units for the preset display.

Warning

Critical: This option is available, but not installed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

__42 - Delivery DisplayThis code establishes how the delivery volume dis-play will appear during operation. Five possible se-lections are available:

0 - Raw Delivery (Pulses/Input Resolution)1 - Gross Delivery (Grs)2 - Gross @ Standard Temperature Delivery

(Gst)3 - Gross @ Standard Temperature & Pres-

sure Delivery (Net)4 - Mass Delivery

0142 1 Gross Deliver

Help Message

Select the units for the delivery display.

Warning

Critical: This option is available, but not installed.

Critical: The delivered volume type must be one ofthe volume types selected for local storage.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

__43,__44,__45,__46 - Product PercentageThese program codes allow for the percentage ofproducts to be used in a recipe to be defined. Thepercentage entered here represents the portion ofthe total batch that is to be contributed by this prod-uct. The percentages of the four products must addup to one hundred percent. Otherwise, a criticalwarning will be issued. The range of this entry is000.0 - 100.0, where 0 would mean that this productis not to be included in the recipe, and 100.0 wouldcause a recipe to be made up of only this product.

Program code __43 is the percentage of product #1,code __44 is the percentage of product #2, code__45 is the percentage of product #3 and code __46is the percentage of product #4.

0144 25.0% Product 2

Help Message

Select the percentage of the total batch to be con-tributed by this product.

Warning:

Critical: The percentages for the products do not addup to 100%.

Critical: This product has been disabled.

Critical: The percentage of the product to deductclean line from cannot be zero.

Critical: The sum of the minimum flow limits for theproducts selected in the recipe exceed the systemhigh or second high flow rate.

Page 139: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section IV - Recipe Directory

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 131

__47, __48, __49, __50, __51, __52, __53,__54 -Product Using This Injector (On/Off)This four digit entry is used to select whether this in-jector is to be used with this recipe and which prod-ucts it will be used with. Each of the eight possibleinjectors may be programmed to be used or not usedwith the products being loaded with this recipe. Thenumber of volume units per one pulse of injectorproduct may be programmed in codes __81 through__88.

Code Function

__47 - Additive Injector 1__48 - Additive Injector 2__49 - Additive Injector 3__50 - Additive Injector 4__51 - Additive Injector 5__52 - Additive Injector 6__53 - Additive Injector 7__54 - Additive Injector 8

The four digit number represents each of the fourproducts that can be selected for each product.

1st digit - Product 12nd digit - Product 23rd digit - Product 34th digit - Product 4

A zero in the digit indicates that the injector will notbe used with that product, a one indicates the injectorwill be used with that product.

Example:

0147 Injector 1 0010

Note: This example indicates that additive injector number one willonly be used for product 3 for this recipe.

0149 Injector 3 1100

Note: This example indicates that additive injector number three willbe used for products 1 and 2 for this recipe.

Help Message

Select the products to be used with this additive.

Warning:

Critical: This additive is not installed.

Critical: A product selected has been disabled.

Critical: A product selected is not used in this recipe.

Critical: This additive is not configured.

__55 - Recipe Correction FactorThis five digit entry will be used to allow the operatorto set a recipe correction factor. This factor will beapplied to the recipe volumes only. The use of thefactor will be to compensate for any physical orchemical reactions which will cause volumetricchange as a result of the mixture of two or more dis-similar products. This factor, if used, would apply tothe preset and delivery volumes as shown during thedelivery. The factor will be applied to the Raw, Gross,Gross at Standard Temperature, Net and MassRecipe Volumes. The value of the recipe correctionfactor may range from 9.9999 to 0.0001.

0155 1.0012 Rec Cor Fac

Note: "00000" disables this feature.

Help Message

Factor used to adjust the recipe volumes only tocompensate for volumetric changes due to the mix-ture of dissimilar products.

__80 - Clean Line DeductThis program code allows the selection of whichproduct the clean line volume (if installed) is to bededucted from. In the Ready Mode when a recipe isselected and a preset amount is entered, the presetis divided among the products according to the per-centages programmed in the recipe. The clean linevolume is deducted from the preset volume of theproduct selected here. If the product selected is notpart of this recipe, a critical warning will be issued. The range of this entry is one through four.

Note: Zero may be entered if no clean line volume is installed.

Page 140: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section IV - Recipe Directory

132 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

For example, assume a recipe with 50% of products1 and 2. The clean line is 50 gallons of product 4. Apreset of 1000 gallons is entered. This preset is di-vided among products 1 and 2: 500 gallons each. Ifproduct 1 is selected here as the product to deductclean line from, then the product 1 preset would be500 - 50 = 450 gallons. When "START" is pressed,products 1 and 2 will begin to deliver simultaneously;450 gallons of product 1 and 500 gallons of product2. When products 1 and 2 have been delivered, 50gallons of the clean line product (product 4) will bedelivered.

0180 2 Clean Line Deduct

Help Message

Select the product the clean line volume is to be de-ducted from.

Warning:

Critical: A product must be selected if clean line is in-stalled.

Critical: This product is not selected for use in thisrecipe.

Critical: This product has been disabled.

__81, __82, __83, __84, __85, __86, __87,__88 - Additive Injector PulsersThese eight three digit entries define the number ofvolume units per one pulse of injector product. Therange of these entries are 000 to 999.

Code Function

__81 - Additive Injector 1__82 - Additive Injector 2__83 - Additive Injector 3__84 - Additive Injector 4__85 - Additive Injector 5__86 - Additive Injector 6__87 - Additive Injector 7__88 - Additive Injector 8

0181 100 Gal/Injection

Help Message

Enter the volume delivered per one pulse of injectoroutput.

Note that these injection rates may have to be recal-culated due to mismatch of injector plumbing and in-jector product selection.

Warnings

Critical: This additive is not currently configured.

Critical: Conflict resulting because feedback withoutcontrol is installed.

Page 141: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 133

Appendix I

System Configuration DescriptionThe AccuLoad II-RBU will allow configuration of the A/C and D/C inputs and outputs in the 000 Subdirectory ofthe General Systems Directory. Because of the critical nature of these configuration program codes, all codes inthis subdirectory will be under the special high-security mode of protection (see section 2). These program codeswill determine the type of instrument (Preset or Multi-component Ratio Blender) and the functionality of the inputsand outputs. These program codes should be programmed first to allow for proper programming of the remainingAccuLoad II-RBU program codes.

AccuLoad II- RBU Conf iguration Options

AC Outputs Circle Number Required

Additive Relays (AC) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Additive Pumps 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Product Pumps 0 1 2 3 4

General Relay 0 1 2 3 4

Alarm Relay 0 1_____________________

Total 12 or less (single product preset)12 or less (two product ratio blender)10 or less (three product ratio blender)8 or less (four product ratio blender)

DC Outputs Circle Number Required

Additive Relays (DC) 0 1 2 3 4

Pulse Outputs 0 1 2 3 4_____________________

Total 4 or less *

Note: * If this total is three or four, the Quad OPV Hardware Option must be added to the AccuLoad II.

Page 142: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section IV - Recipe Directory

134 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

AC Inputs Circle Number Required

Additive Feedbacks 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Valve Stems 0 1 2 3 4

Permissives 0 1 2

Valve Power 0 1

First/Second High Flow 0 1

Printer Tray Switch 0 1_____________________

Total 12 or less

Page 143: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 135

Appendix II

Meter CalibrationThe non-linearity of the meter calibration curve for each product can be approximated by the AccuLoad II-RBUthrough use of a linearization method by entering meter factors at up to four different flow rates.

The formula used to determine each meter factor is as follows:

The meter factors used will be determined from a straight line interpolation of the meter factor and its associatedflow rate.

Graphically, the linearization method used in AccuLoad II-RBU can be represented as a point slope functionbetween points:

where: MF1, MF2, MF3, MF4 = meter factors 1, 2, 3, and 4Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4 = associated flow rates 1, 2, 3, and 4

Meter Factor = Actual Volume Delivered

Input Pulses

Input Resolution

Figure 1 Meter Factor vs Flow Rate

Page 144: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section IV - Recipe Directory

136 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

The number of factors used is determined by the programming. Up to four factors are available at correspondingflow rates. (See the meter factors and flow rate program codes).

The input meter pulses may also be monitored by the AccuLoad II-RBU unit to verify the integrity of the metersand/or transmitters. This is accomplished through pulse comparator circuitry. The pulse comparator verifies theintegrity of the meter and the voltage sense verifies the integrity of the transmitter. The type and resolution of thepulse input stream to the AccuLoad II-RBU is also programmable. The pulse input can be programmed for con-tact or active pulse type input.

Meter Factor Linearization Calculations

A. Calculations for meter factors between the flow points:

where:

m = slope (to be calculated)

y2 = Meter factor @ the lower flow rate

y1 = Meter factor @ the higher flow rate

x1 = Flow rate for the meter factor of y1

x2 = Flow rate for the meter factor of y2

B. After calculating m, calculate the straight line equation:

so

where:

x = the present flow ratey = the unknown meter factor

m = y - y

x - x2 1

2 1

y - y = m(x - x )1 1

y = m(x - x ) + y1 1

Page 145: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 137

C. Meter Factor calculating methods

1. The four-point linearization method uses four sets of the flow rate and associated meter factor programcodes.

Method:

1. From zero to factor 4 flow, factor 4 will be used. 2. Linearize from factor 4 flow to factor 3 flow.3. Linearize from factor 3 flow to factor 2 flow.4. Linearize from factor 2 flow to factor 1 flow.5. From factor 1 flow up, factor 1 will be used.

2. The three-point linearization method uses three sets of the flow rate and associated meter factor programcodes.

Method:

1. From zero to factor 3 flow, factor 3 will be used. 2. Linearize from factor 3 flow to factor 2 flow.3. Linearize from factor 2 flow to factor 1 flow.4. From factor 1 flow up, factor 1 will be used.

3. The two-point linearization method uses two sets of the flow rate and associated meter factor programcodes.

Method:

1. From zero to factor 2 flow, factor 2 will be used. 2. Linearize from factor 2 flow to factor 1 flow.3. From factor 1 flow up, factor 1 will be used.

4. The single-point method uses one meter factor program code.

Method:

1. Factor 1 will be used at all flow rates.

Page 146: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section IV - Recipe Directory

138 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Meter Factor Adjustment Features

The calibration adjustment feature (if installed) will adjust the current meter factor by an amount based on thepercent change per degree of unit temperature only at run time. (Note: Temperature must be installed for thisfeature to be used.) The adjusted value can be seen via the dynamic display.

The new meter factor will be calculated as follows:

where:

MF = The adjusted meter factor.

MFP = Current Calculated Linearized Meter Factor. The current one to be used is determined by thelinearized method (if selected).

MC = The meter factor percent change per degree of unit temperature required as programmed in the factorvariation with temperature program code: range is 0.0000 to 0.9999 percent.

DT = The difference between the current temperature and the meter factor reference temperature. There willbe only one such meter factor reference temperature which will be required as per the program code entry.

To disable use of the adjustment, enter zero for the meter factor percent change per unit temperature, or enterzero in the meter factor variation in use program code. For the meter factor to be adjusted correctly, valid entriesmust be made in all of the meter factor variation program codes.

Note: A zero entry in the temperature units select program code will disable this adjustment.

MFP x [1 + MC x DT

100]

Page 147: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section 5 - Appendix

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 139

Appendix III

VOLUME ACCUMULATION

Volume Calculations for Gross

Volume Calculations for Gross @ Standard Temperature

A.

B. Volume correction for temperature (CTL) calculation:

1. Volume correction factor terms, formulas and constants:

a) Definition of terms

∆t = Actual Temperature - Reference Temperature

k0 & k1 = API product range constants

A & B = API product Special range constants

ρt = density @ actual temperature

ρ60 = density @ reference temperature

α = coefficient of expansion

Gross Product = Meter Factor x Input Pulses

Pulses per Unit

GST Prod. = CTL x Meter Factor x Input Pulses

Pulses per Unit

Page 148: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

140 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

b) Formulas used

1. Alpha calculation

a. Using k0 & k1 constants

b. Using A & B constants

2. CTL calculation

3. ρt calculation

4. API to density calculation

5. Relative density to density calculation

a r r

= k

+ k0

260

1

60

a r

= A + B

260

t

60

(- + 0.8 = er

ra x Dt (1 a x Dt ))

t 60(- + 0.8 = x er r a x Dt (1 a x Dt ))

60 = 141.5 x weight of water at ref. conditions

131.5 + APIr

60 = Relative Density x Weight of water at reference conditionsr

Page 149: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 141

c) Constants used

1. Weight of water at reference conditions

Weight Temperature

999.060 Kg/M3 15°C

62.366 Lbs/Ft3 60°F

2. k0 and k1 constants for different API products

API Table Range k0 k1

5A, 6A, 23A, and24A Crude Oils

API 0 to 100RD 0.6110 to 1.0760

DEN 38.11 to 67.11 LB/F3

DEN 610.5 to 1075.0 KG/M3

341.0957 0.0

5B, 6B, 23B and24B Diesel, Heating

and Fuel Oils

API 0 to 37RD 0.8400 to 1.0760

DEN 52.38 to 67.11 LB/F3

DEN 839.0 to 1075.0 KG/M3103.8720 0.2701

5B, 6B, 23B and 24BJet Fuels and

Kerosene

API 37.1 to 47.9RD 0.7890 to 0.8395

DEN 49.19 to 52.35 LB/F3

DEN 788.0 to 838.5 KG/M3

330.3010 0.0

5B, 6B, 23B and 24BGasolines and

Napthanes

API 52.1 TO 85RD 0.6535 to 0.7705

DEN 40.77 to 48.07 LB/F3

DEN 653.0 to 770.0 KG/M3

192.4571 0.2438

5D and 6D Lube Oils API -10 to 45RD 0.8008 to 1.1652

DEN 49.94 TO 72.67 LB/F3

DEN 800.0 TO 1164.0 KG/M3

144.0427 0.1896

53A and 54A CrudeOils

API 0 to 100RD 0.6110 to 1.0760

DEN 38.11 to 67.11 LB/F3

DEN 610.5 to 1075.0 KG/M3

613.9723 0.0

53B and 54B Diesel,Heating, and Fuel Oils

API 0 to 37RD 0.8400 to 1.0760

DEN 52.38 to 67.11 LB/F3

DEN 839.0 to 1075.0 KG/M3

186.9696 0.4862

53B and 54B Jet Fuelsand Kerosenes

API 37.1 to 47.9RD 0.7890 to 0.8395

DEN 49.19 to 52.35 LB/F3

DEN 788.0 to 838.5 KG/M3

594.5418 0.0

Page 150: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

142 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

API Table Range k0 k1

53B and 54B GasolinesAND Napthanes

API 52.1 TO 85RD 0.6535 to 0.7705

DEN 40.77 to 48.07 LB/F3

DEN 653.0 to 770.0 KG/M3

346.4228 0.4388

53D and 54D Lube Oils API -10 to 45RD 0.8008 to 1.1652

DEN 49.94 TO 72.67 LB/F3

DEN 800.0 TO 1164.0 KG/M3

259.2769 0.3413

3. A and B constants (Special Range)

API Table Range A B

Special Range (°F) API 48 to 52RD 0.7710 to 0.7885

DEN 48.10 to 49.16 LB/F3

DEN 770.5 to 787.5 KG/M3

-0.00186840 1489.0670

Special Range (°C) API 48 to 52RD 0.7710 to 0.7885

DEN 48.10 to 49.16 LB/F3

DEN 770.5 to 787.5 KG/M3

-0.0336312 2680.321

4. Old Tables 24 and 54

API Table Range

24API 100 to 150

RD 0.5000 to 0.6000DEN 31.18 to 37.42 LB/F3

54API 100 to 150

RD 0.5000 to 0.6000DEN 499.5 to 599.4 KG/M3

Page 151: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 143

Volume Correction Factor Calculation Options

A. Coefficient of expansion used (table 6C)

1. Program entry conditions

a. Correct entry in API table & product entry (P441).

b. Valid entry in reference density entry (P442).

2. Hardware conditions

a. A temperature probe installed. (Note: Maintenance temperature may be used instead of a temperature probe.)

3. Calculation method

a. Input temperature units

b. Calculate delta t (∆t)

c. Coefficient of expansion entry (program code 445) will be used as alpha

d.

B. API tables with API product range A, B or D (With reference density)

1. Program entry conditions

a. A valid API table & product entry (P441).b. A valid reference density entry (P442).c. A valid density units entry (S443).d. A valid temperature units entry (S441).e. A valid reference temperature entry (S442).

2. Hardware conditions

a. A temperature probe installed. (Note: Maintenance temperature may be used instead of a temperature probe.)

3. Definition

In this mode of operation the AccuLoad II software will calculate the CTL using the k0 & k1 constants of theAPI product range selected. (If API product range B is selected it will use the k0 & k1 constants for theproduct range it is measuring.) All related entries shown above must correspond. If table 53 or 54 areused the temperature units must be in Celsius.

CTL = e(- + 0.8a x Dt (1 a x Dt ))

Page 152: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

144 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

4. Calculation method

a. Input temperature unitsb. Calculate delta t (∆t)c. Calculate the alpha and the CTL using the reference density entered.

1. Calculate alpha with the proper k0 & k1 constants for API product range selected.2. Calculate CTL

C. API tables with API product range A, B or D (live density)

1. Program entry conditions

a. A valid API table & product entry (For corrected density to be calculated, the API table selected mustbe an odd-numbered table. If an even-numbered table is selected, the live density will be treated asthe density at the reference temperature) (P441).

b. A valid density units entry (S443).c. Valid density span entries (P868 through P875).d. A valid temperature units entry (S441).e. A valid reference temperature entry (S442).

2. Hardware conditions

a. A temperature probe installed. (Note: Maintenance temperature may be used instead of a temperature probe.)

b. A densitometer installed.

3. Definition

In this mode of operation the AccuLoad II software will calculate the CTL using the k0 & k1 constantsof the API product range selected. (If API product range B is selected it will use the k0 & k1

constants for the product range it is measuring.) All related entries shown above must correspond.If table 53 or 54 is used the temperature units must be in Celsius. Density units selected mustmatch the densitometer output.

4. Calculation method

a. Input temperature units.

b. Calculate delta t.c. Input density units.d. Calculate the density corrected to reference temperature by an iterative solution of the following steps

which will in turn calculate the required CTL.

1. Calculate alpha selecting proper k0 & k1 constants for API product range selected.2. Calculate the CTL.3. Calculate the corrected density.4. Check for convergence of the solution. (A converged solution is reached when a change in density

is less than 0.05 kg/m3 in two successive passes.)5. For API product range B only, check to see that the k0 & k1 constants used are in the range of the

corrected density calculated. If not, repeat steps 1 through 4 with the correct constants.

Page 153: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 145

D. API (old) tables 24 & 54 with API range 100 to 150

1. Program entry conditions

a. A valid API table & product entry (P441).b. A valid reference density entry (P442).c. A valid density units entry (S443).d. A valid temperature units entry (S441).e. A valid reference temperature entry (S442).

2. Hardware conditions

a. A temperature probe installed. (Note: Maintenance temperature may be used instead of the temperature probe.)

3. Definition

In this mode of operation the AccuLoad II software will use the reference density and the currenttemperature to retrieve the CTL from the selected table. (If table 24 is selected, temperature units must beFahrenheit. If table 54 is selected, temperature units must be Celsius.)

4. Calculation method

a. Input temperature units.b. Using the temperature and reference density go to the proper table (24 or 54) and select the proper

CTL.

The resistance temperature detector (RTD) supplies resistance from which temperature may be calculated. TheCallendar - Van Dusen equation is used to approximate the RTD curve.

where:

T = temperature in ° Celsius R = resistance at temperature T R(0)= resistance at 0°C A = 3.90802 E-3 B = -5.80195 E-7

T =

-A + A - 4B (1 - R

R(0))

2B

2

Page 154: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

146 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Volume Calculations For Net

A.

B. Volume correction for pressure (CPL) calculation:

1. Definition of terms

P = Pressure Pe = Equilibrium pressure (Vapor pressure @ temperature) F = Compressibility factor (API Chapters 11.2.1 or 11.2.2) CPL = Correction for pressure on a liquid

2. Formula used

a.

b.

c. For 0 to 90 API

where:

A, B, C and D = constants T = Temperature (°F or °C dependent) ρ = Grams/cm3 @ 60°F or grams/cm3 @ 15°C

Net Product = CTL x CPL x Meter Factor x Input Pulses

Pulses per Unit

CPL = 1

1 - (P - P) x Fe

API = 141.5 x H O

Product - 131.560 2

60

r

r

F = eA + (B x T) + C

+ (D x T

)2 2r r

Page 155: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 147

d. For 91 to 220 API

where:

A and B = Calculated variables based on temperature & density Dp = Pressure above equilibrium in (PSI or Kpa dependent)

Pressure correction factor calculation options

A. Pressure correction with no density or pressure transducers and a temperature probe.

1. Program entry conditions

a. A zero entry in compressibility factor program code (P541).b. Valid entries in vapor pressure program codes (P543 through P548).c. Valid entry in pressure units program code (S541).d. Valid entry in maintenance pressure program code (P549).e. Valid non-zero entry reference density program code (P442).f. Valid entries in temperature program codes.

2. Hardware conditions

a. A pressure transmitter (not required).b. A densitometer (not required).c. A temperature probe installed. (Note: Maintenance temperature may be used instead of the temperature probe.)

3. Definition

Using this method of calculating the pressure correction factor (CPL), the compressibility factor "F"is calculated based on the entries made in the reference density and maintenance pressureprogram codes. It is then used in the CPL equation along with the maintenance pressure entry.

Note: In all cases if "Pe" is calculated to be equal to or greater than the actual pressure, the CPL will be set to one.)

4. Calculation method

a. Determine if above or below 90 API.b. Calculate the "F" variable using the proper equation.c. Calculate the vapor pressure.d. Solve equation for the CPL.

F = 1

A + ( D x B )p

Page 156: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

148 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

B. Pressure correction with a temperature probe and no density, pressure transducer or reference density.

1. Program entry conditions

a. A non-zero entry for compressibility factor (P541).b. Valid entries in vapor pressure program codes (P543 through P548).c. Valid entry in pressure units program code (S541).d. A non-zero entry for maintenance pressure (P549).e. Valid entries in temperature program codes.

2. Hardware conditions

a. A pressure transmitter (not required).b. A densitometer (not required).c. A temperature probe installed. (Note: Maintenance temperature may be used instead of a temperature probe.)

3. Definition

Using this method of calculating the pressure correction factor (CPL), the compressibility factor "F"is taken directly from the pressure compressibility factor entry and used in the CPL equation alongwith the maintenance pressure program code.

Note: In all cases if "Pe" is calculated to be greater than or equal to the actual pressure, the CPL will be set to one.

4. Calculation method

a. Calculate the vapor pressure.b. Solve equation for CPL.

C. Pressure correction with a temperature probe, pressure transducer and no density transducer.

1. Program entry conditions

a. A zero entry for the compressibility factor (P541).b. Valid entries in vapor pressure program codes (P543 through 548).c. Valid entry in the pressure units program code (S541).d. Valid entries in pressure span program codes (P868 through P875).e. A zero entry for the maintenance pressure (P549).f. A non-zero entry in reference density program code (P442).g. Valid entries in temperature program codes.

2. Hardware conditions

a. A pressure transmitter installed (or maintenance pressure).b. A densitometer (not required).c. A temperature probe installed. (Note: Maintenance temperature may be used instead of a temperature probe.)

Page 157: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 149

3. Definition

Using this method of calculating the pressure correction factor (CPL), the compressibility factor "F"is calculated based on the pressure transducer input, temperature input, vapor pressure calculationsand reference density input. The "F" factor is then used in the CPL equation.

Note: In all cases if "Pe" is calculated to be greater than or equal to the actual the CPL will be set to one.

4. Calculation method

a. Input the pressure and convert to proper units.b. Input the temperature and convert to proper units.c. Determine if the density is above or below 90 API.d. Calculate the vapor pressure.e. Calculate the "F" variable using the proper equation.f. Solve equation for CPL.

D. Pressure correction with a temperature probe, pressure and density transducer installed.

1. Program entry conditions

a. A zero entry for the compressibility factor (P541).b. Valid entries in vapor pressure program codes (P543 through P548).c. Valid entry in the pressure units program code (S541).d. Valid entries in pressure span program codes (P868 through P875).e. A zero entry for the maintenance pressure (P549).f. Valid entry in the density units program code (S443).g. Valid entries in density span program codes (P868 through P875).h. Valid entries in temperature program codes.

2. Hardware conditions

a. A pressure transmitter installed (or maintenance pressure).b. A densitometer installed.c. A temperature probe installed. (Note: Maintenance temperature may be used instead of a temperature probe.)

3. Definition

Using this method of calculating the pressure correction factor (CPL), the compressibility factor "F" iscalculated based on the pressure and density transducer inputs, temperature input and vapor pressurecalculations. The "F" factor is then used in the CPL equation.

Note: In all cases if "Pe" is calculated to be greater than or equal to the actual pressure the CPL will be set to one.

4. Calculation method

a. Input the pressure and convert to proper units.b. Input the temperature and convert to proper units.c. Input the density and convert to proper units.d. Determine if the density is above or below 90 API.e. Calculate the vapor pressure.f. Calculate the "F" variable using the proper equation.g. Solve equation for CPL.

Page 158: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

150 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

E. Vapor pressure calculations.

1. Calculate the slope of a line between two points :

A. Calculate m.

where:

m = Slope (to be calculated)y2 = Vapor pressure @ x2 in PSI, Bars or Kg/cm2.y1 = Vapor pressure @ x1 in PSI, Bars or Kg/cm2.x1 = Temperature for vapor pressure of y1

x2 = Temperature for vapor pressure of y2

(Note: Temperature may be in degrees C or F. )

B. After calculating m, calculate the straight line equation:

so

where:

x = the present temperaturey = the unknown vapor pressure

C. Vapor pressure calculating methods

1. The three-point linearization method uses three sets of the product vapor pressure and associatedtemperature program codes.

2. The two-point linearization method uses two sets of the product vapor pressure and associatedtemperature program codes.

3. The single-point method uses one product vapor pressure program code.4. The GPA TP-15 method uses temperature and reference density.

m = y - y

x - x2 1

2 1

y - y = m ( x - x )1 1

y = m ( x - x ) + y1 1

Page 159: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 151

Volume Calculations For Mass

A.

or

B. Mass calculation using reference density

1. Program entry conditions

a. A non-zero reference density entry (P442).b. Valid density units entry (S443).c. Valid entries for GST compensation.d. Volume to mass conversion units (S444).

2. Hardware conditions

a. A temperature probe installed. (Note: Maintenance temperature may be used instead of a temperature probe.)

3. Definition

With this method the reference density and GST volume are used to calculate the mass. Therefore, thereference density program code must contain a non-zero entry, temperature must be installed, and GSTcompensation must be available.

4. Calculation method

C. Mass calculation using a Densitometer

1. Program entry conditions

a. Valid density unit entry (S443).b. Valid density span entries (S868 through 875).c. Volume to mass conversion units.

2. Hardware conditions

a. A densitometer installed.

Mass Prod. = Gross Prod. x Live Density

Mass Prod. = GST Prod. x Reference Density

Mass = GST Volume x Reference Density

Page 160: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

152 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

3. Definition

This method uses the densitometer input as the line density for calculating mass totals.

4. Calculation method

Mass = Gross Volume x Live Density

Page 161: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 153

Appendix IV

Load Average ValuesThe load average temperature, pressure, density, and meter factor will be accumulated in a volume weightedmethod (see below). At the start of any batch, a reading of each load average parameter installed will be taken.This will be the value used for the initial average. Thereafter, another sample will be taken along with the accu-mulated volume to determine the load average value. Samples will be taken only when flow is in progress. Thefollowing formula will be used to calculate the load average value.

Load Average Value (LAV) Formula:

Load average temperature, pressure and density values will only be calculated when correct entries have beenmade in the temperature, pressure or density program codes. If a probe or transducer alarm occurs, the corre-sponding current reading will stop being used in the calculation of the load average value. The current load aver-age value for the failed probe or transducer stands until flow goes to zero. At this point the alarm must be clearedand the problem corrected for normal load average calculations to resume.

Note that load average pressure is calculated over the entire transaction and therefore is not initialized at the startof each batch.

LAV = ( Current parameter reading)

Total Volume

 D volume x

Page 162: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

154 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Appendix V

Pressure Control Operation And OptionsIf back pressure flow rate controls are used, they will operate as follows. During flow, when back pressure on thevalve goes below the programmed value (see description of how the value is derived below), the flow will be re-duced to a programmable percentage of the flow at which it was detected and remain there for the duration of thebatch.

(Note: If flow is reduced to the minimum flow entered, no pressure control will be used except that which is already in effect.) An alarm will be is-sued if pressure falls below the desired back pressure as determined by the delta pressure and vapor pressure entries.

The vapor pressure will be calculated via straight line approximation fitting the product's current temperature tothe programmed temperature/vapor pressure curve. (Up to three points may be entered for linearization.) A sec-ond method calculates the Vapor pressure as outlined in the GPA TP-15 Tables. These methods are describedlater in this section concerning volume calculations for pressure.

Optional operating modes when using the vapor pressure or back pressure program code entries:

A. Three-point linearization vapor pressure valve control

1. Program entry conditions

a. Valid non-zero vapor pressure entries (P543, P545, P547).b. Valid vapor pressure temperature entries (P544, P546, P548).c. Valid delta pressure entry (P502).d. Valid Vapor Pressure Method entry (P542).e. Non-zero Back Pressure Timer entry (code 503).

2. Hardware conditions

a. Temperature probe installed (or maintenance).b. Pressure transducer installed (or maintenance).

3. Definition

a. Three-point linearization will be used to calculate the current vapor pressure.

(Note: If lack of pressure causes the flow to be reduced to a flow below the selected minimum back pressure flow rate, analarm will be issued.)

4. Calculation method

a. Input the temperature (convert to deg. F if necessary)b. Input pressurec. Determine which point you are between.d. Solve for current vapor pressuree. Add vapor pressure to entered delta pressuref. Check that current pressure is above the vapor pressure calculated. If not, close valve to reduce

the flow rate according to the Back Pressure flow reduction formula. Delay for timer setting, thenrepeat steps a through f of this procedure to ensure proper pressure is being maintained.

Page 163: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 155

B. Two-point linearization vapor pressure valve control

1. Program entry conditions

a. Valid vapor pressure entries (P543, P545, P547).b. Valid vapor pressure temperature entries (P544, P546).c. Valid delta pressure entry (P502).d. Valid Vapor Pressure Method select entry (P542).e. Non-zero Back Pressure Timer entry (code 503).

2. Hardware conditions

a. Temperature probe installed.b. Pressure transducer installed.

3. Definition

a. Two-point linearization will be used to calculate the current vapor pressure.

(Note: If lack of pressure causes the flow to be reduced to a flow below the selected minimum back pressure flow rate analarm will be issued.)

4. Calculation method

a. Input the temperature (convert to deg. F if necessary).

b. Input pressure.c. Solve for current vapor pressure.d. Add vapor pressure to entered delta pressure.e. Check that current pressure is above the vapor pressure calculated. If not, close valve to reduce

the flow rate according to the Back Pressure flow reduction formula. Delay for timer setting, thenrepeat steps a through f of this procedure to ensure proper pressure is being maintained.

C. Back pressure valve control (with a pressure transducer)

1. Program entry conditions

a. Valid vapor pressure entries (P543, P545, P547).b. Valid delta pressure entry (P502).c. Valid Vapor Pressure Method select entry (P542).d. Non-zero Back Pressure Flow Timer entry (P503).

2. Hardware conditions

a. Temperature probe not required.b. Pressure transducer installed.

3. Definition

a. The valve will maintain a minimum back pressure, provided that the above conditions have beenmet. (If lack of pressure causes the flow to be reduced to a flow below the selected backpressure flow rate, an alarm will be issued.)

Page 164: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

156 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

4. Calculation method

a. Input the temperature (convert to deg. F if necessary).b. Input pressure.c. Add the vapor pressure entry to entered delta pressure.d. Check that current pressure is above the delta pressure required. If not, close valve to reduce

the flow rate according to the Back Pressure flow reduction formula. Delay for timer setting, thenrepeat steps a through f of this procedure to ensure proper pressure is being maintained.

D. Back pressure valve control (with a pressure transducer using GPA TP-15 Vapor Pressure Method)

Note: GPA TP-15 method requires relative density; use API table and reference density.

1. Program entry conditions

a. Valid delta pressure entry (P502).b. Valid Vapor Pressure Method select entry (P542).c. Non-zero Back Pressure Timer entry (code 503).

2. Hardware conditions

a. Temperature probe installed.b. Pressure transducer installed.

3. Definition

a. The valve will maintain a minimum back pressure, provided that the above conditions have beenmet. (If lack of pressure causes the flow to be reduced to a flow below the selected backpressure flow rate, an alarm will be issued.)

4. Calculation method

a. Input the temperature (convert to deg. F if necessary).b. Input pressure.c. Calculate the current vapor pressure.d. Add the vapor pressure to entered delta pressure.e. Check that current pressure is above the vapor pressure required. If not, close valve to reduce

the flow rate according to the Back Pressure flow reduction formula. Delay for timer setting, thenrepeat steps a through f of this procedure to ensure proper pressure is being maintained.

E. Automatic Flow Optimization (AFO) - Back pressure valve control (without a pressure transducer)

1. Program entry conditions

a. Non-zero back pressure flow timer entry (P503).

2. Hardware conditions

a. Temperature probe not required.b. Pressure transducer not required.

Page 165: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 157

3. Definition

a. The entry in the back pressure flow timer program code is used in the following manner. Whenflow commences, the desired flow rate minus the tolerance will be compared against the actualflow. If the desired flow rate is not achieved in the time specified in the back pressure timerentry, then flow will reduced by the back pressure reduction formula. (If lack of pressure causesthe flow to be reduced to a flow below the selected back pressure flow rate, an alarm will beissued.)

4. Calculation method

a. On a valve adjustment to a new flow rate, set the timer.b. If the timer expires and flow is not achieved, reduce the flow by the back pressure reduction

formula.c. Check that the current flow is at or above the desired flow rate. If not, once flow has been

established, repeat steps a through c of this procedure to ensure proper pressure is beingmaintained.

Page 166: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section V - Appendix

158 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

Appendix VI - Load Ticket

PRODUCT RECEIPT TICKET .....code S710..... --- .....code S711..... BILL OF LADING .....code S712.....

.....code S713..... dd-dd-dd tt : tt a .....code S714.....

Page x of x

..........code S715.......... ..........code S717..........

..........code S716.......... ..........code S718....................code S719..........

Meter ID: ........S720........ Transaction Number: nnnn HM Classification: ............P701............P702............ ............P703............P704............Customer: Carrier:Operator:

BATCH VOLUME TOTALS LIVE AVERAGES --------------------- ---------------

RAW GROSS GST NET MASS Temp Density---- ----- ---- ---- ____ ---- -------Gal Gal Gal Gal Lbs F Lb/F3

..R__02. vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.t dddd.d

..P180.. vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.t dddd.d

..P180.. vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.t dddd.d

..P180.. vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.t dddd.d

..P180.. vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.t dddd.d

Additive Volumes: ..S814..:aaaaa.aaa ..S815..:aaaaa.aaa ..S816..:aaaaa.aaa..S817..:aaaaa.aaa ..S818..:aaaaa.aaa ..S819..:aaaaa.aaa..S820..:aaaaa.aaa ..S821..:aaaaa.aaa

Alarms: R:00, R:11, R:22, R:33, R:44, R:55, R:66, R:77, R:88, R:99.

This is to certify that the above-named materials are properly classified,described, packaged, marked, and labeled and are in proper condition fortransportation according to the applicable DOT regulations.

______________________________________________________Driver Signature

______________________________________________________Signature of Receiving Agent

Smith AccuLoad II-RBU

Page 167: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section VI - Index

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 159

44-20 Channels 1 through 4 - Maximum Setting • 914-20 Channels 1 through 4 - Minimum Setting • 914-20 mA Channel 1 & 3 • 934-20 mA Channel 2 & 4 • 944-20 mA Channel Assignments • 7

AA/C Input Assignments • 6A/C Output Relay Assignments • 4, 5AccuLoad II Model Number • 95ACM Model Number • 95Additive Injection Plumbing • 7Additive Injector 1-8 Messages • 88Additive Injector Conversion Factor • 90Additive Injector Feedback • 89Additive Injector Feedback Errors • 90Additive Injector Output • 84Additive Injector Pulsers • 132Additive Injector Stop Option • 84Additive Injector Stop Volume • 84Additive Injector Volume per Cycle • 89Additive Volumes to be Printed • 67Alarm Relay • 21API Table & Product • 117Auto Preset • 37Auto Preset Increment • 37Auto Reset Timer • 25

BBack Pressure Reduction • 121Before Beginning Operations • 3Blank Downcounter • 37Blend Recipe Name • 127Blend Tolerance (Percentage) • 40Blend Tolerance (Volume) • 41

CCalibration Event Counter • 96Clean Line Alarm Limit • 35Clean Line Deduct • 131Clean Line Product • 34Clean Line Volume • 35Clear Configurable Report • 102Clear Local Storage • 102Combinated Pulse Output • 41Combinated Pulse Output Maximum Frequency • 41Combinated Pulse Output Resolution • 41Communication • 2Communication Address • 53

Communication analyzer • 2Communication Link Programming • 61Communication Test - EIA-232 - No Echo Back • 97Communication Test - EIA-485 - No Echo Back • 98Communication Test - EIA-485 - With Echo • 98Communication Test - RS-232 - With Echo • 97Communications Alarm Mode • 62Communications Directory • 125Communications Time-out • 61Compressibility Factor • 122Configuration Directory • 4Configuration Event Counter • 96Configure Delivery Report • 67Contact Input Test • 101Contact Output Test • 102Control functions • 2

Additive Injection • 2Additive Pump • 2Alarm Control • 2Automatic Adjustment of Final Trip Point • 2Back Pressure Control • 2Pump Control • 2Set Stop • 2Valve Control • 2

Control Valve Delay to Open • 33Corrected Delivery Display • 39CRC Display • 94

DD/C Output Relay Assignments • 6Decimal or Comma Selection • 21Deliver Display • 130Delivery Report Display • 55Density Units • 43Diagnostics Directory • 126Differential Pressure • 120Display Resolution • 39Display Test • 92Display Units • 38Dual Pulse Error Count • 114Dual Pulse Error Reset • 115Dual Pulse Flow Rate Cutoff • 115Dynamic Display Time-out • 20

EEIA-232 Baud Rate • 51EIA-232 Communication Control • 47EIA-232 Communication Type • 47EIA-232 Data Format • 51EIA-232 Printer Security • 64EIA-485 Baud Rate • 52EIA-485 Communication Control • 52

Page 168: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section VI - Index

160 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

EIA-485 Communication Type • 51EIA-485 Data Format • 53EIA-485 Printer Security • 65Excess Flow Rate • 109

FFinal (Second) Trip Auto Adjust Limit • 110Final (Second) Trip Volume • 110First Trip Volume • 110Flow Adjustment Timer • 112Flow Adjustment Tolerance • 111Flow Control Valve Security • 111Flow Rate Adjustment Timer • 35Flow Rates • 112Flow Tolerance • 109

GGross @ Standard Temp. Non-resettable Volume •

123Gross Non-resettable Volume • 123

HHigh Density Alarm • 119High Flow Rate • 109High Pressure Alarm • 121High Temperature Alarm • 118High-Security Communications Programming • 83High-Speed Prover Test Products 1-4 • 101HM Classification • 125, 128How To Use This Manual • 2

IInitialize • 105Injector 1 Non-resettable Totals • 45Injector 2 Non-resettable Totals • 45Injector 3 Non-resettable Totals • 45Injector 4 Non-resettable Totals • 45Injector 5 Non-resettable Totals • 45Injector 6 Non-resettable Totals • 45Injector 7 Non-resettable Totals • 46Injector 8 Non-resettable Totals • 46Injector Feedback Delay • 90Injector Units • 90Input Pulse Type • 42Input Resolution • 114Inputs & Outputs Directory • 125Internal Temperature • 94

KKeypad Test • 92

LLinearized Factor Deviation • 116Load Average Density • 124Load Average Meter Factor • 124Load Average Pressure • 124Load Average Temperature • 124Load Parameters to be Printed • 67Local Mode Alarm Clearing • 20Local Storage Transactions • 46Low Density Alarm • 119Low Flow Alarm Limit • 110Low Flow Start • 31Low Flow Start Percentage • 31Low Flow Start Rate • 31Low Flow Start Volume • 31Low Pressure Alarm • 121Low Temperature Alarm • 118

MMaintenance Pressure • 123Maintenance Temperature • 119Manual/Auto Additive Injector Selection • 85Mass Non-resettable Totals • 124Mass Units • 44Master Meter Factor • 115Maximum Preset Volume • 36Measurement accuracy • 1Meter Factor % Change/Degree • 113Meter Factor Reference Temperature • 113Meter Factor Variation • 116Meter Factors • 113Meter ID • 54Meter Pulse Test 1 (Active) • 99Meter Pulse Test 1 (Contact) • 99Meter Pulse Test 2 (Active) • 99Meter Pulse Test 2 (Contact) • 99Meter Pulse Test 3 (Active) • 100Meter Pulse Test 3 (Contact) • 100Meter Pulse Test 4 (Active) • 100Meter Pulse Test 4 (Contact) • 100Minimum Back Pressure Flow Rate Setting • 120Minimum Back Pressure Flow Rate Timer Setting •

120Minimum Batch Volume • 112Minimum Flow Rate • 109Minimum Preset • 128Minimum Preset Volume • 36

Page 169: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section VI - Index

MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97) 161

NNet Non-resettable Volume • 124Number of Additive Injectors • 4Number of Products • 4Number of Prompts • 83

OOverrun Alarm Limit • 32, 109

PPermissive Sense #1 • 85Permissive Sense #1 Message • 86Permissive Sense #2 • 87Permissive Sense #2 Message • 88Power Failure Alarm • 26Power Supply Test • 94Power-up Diagnostics • 104Preset Display • 130Pressure Directory • 120Pressure Units • 44Print Configuration • 11Print Summary • 54Print Transaction • 83Print Volumes • 54Printer • 2Printer Output Messages • 53Product #1's High, 2nd High and Low Flow Rates •

129Product #2's High 2nd High and Low Flow Rates •

129Product #3's High 2nd High and Low Flow Rates •

129Product #4's High 2nd High and Low Flow Rates •

129Product Flow Control Directory • 109Product General Purpose Directory • 108Product Message • 108Product Percentage • 130Product Selection • 108Product Using This Injector (On/Off) • 131Product Vapor Pressure • 122Product Vapor Pressure Temperature • 123Program Configuration • 8Programming Access Code • 25Programs EEPROM/Default Parameters • 107Prompt Messages • 53Prompt Time-out • 62Prompts Data Entry Length and Display Type • 63Prompts Printed • 83Protection of Program Codes __80-__89 • 129Protection of Program Codes 180-189 • 20, 108

Protection of Program Codes 280-289 • 34, 111Protection of Program Codes 380-389 • 38, 112Protection of Program Codes 480-489 • 42, 116Protection of Program Codes 580-589 • 44, 121Protection of Program Codes 680-689 • 46, 124Protection of Program Codes 780-789 • 61, 125Protection of Program Codes 880-889 • 88, 125Protection of Program Codes 980-989 • 97, 126Proving Modes • 39Proving Output • 40Proving Output Units • 40PT/VF Time Delay • 111Pulse 1-4 Output Test • 101Pulse Output • 114Pulse Output Resolution • 114Pump Relay Time Delay • 33

RRAM Test • 103Ratio Adjustment Factor • 35Raw Non-resettable Volume • 123Read Only Directory • 123Ready Mode Alarms • 19Ready Mode Message • 25Ready/Run Mode Clearable Alarms Selection • 22Recipe Alarms Check/Reset • 18Recipe Correction Factor • 131Recipe Gross at Standard Temp. Non-resettable

Volume • 127Recipe Gross Non-resettable Volume • 127Recipe Mass Non-resettable Total • 128Recipe Net Non-resettable Volume • 127Recipe Raw Non-resettable Volume • 127Recipes Per Transaction • 40Reference Density • 117Reference Temperature • 43Relay Cycle Test • 103Relay Select Test #1 • 106Relay Select Test #2 • 107Report Summary HM Classification • 55Resolution of Volumetric Totals on Printed Report •

42Restart After Permissive #1 Met • 86Restart After Permissive #2 Met • 88Restart After Valve Power Sense Restored • 85RTD Assignments • 7RTD Test • 93Run & Ready Mode Customized Display • 26Run Mode Alarms • 19RUN/READY Initialization • 22

Page 170: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section VI - Index

162 MN06066L Rev. 0.4 (8/97)

SSet Date • 19Set Time • 19Shared Printer Out Alarm • 63Shared Printer Out Timer • 64Shared Printer Security Alarm • 66Start Delay After Stop • 33Start Key Enable/Disable • 63System Alarm Check/Reset • 13System Communication Directory • 47System Diagnostic Directory • 91System First High Flow Rate • 32System Flow Control Directory • 31System General Purpose Directory • 13System Input/Output Directory • 84System Messages • 96System Pressure Directory • 44System Read Only Directory • 45System Second High Flow Rate • 32System Temperature and Density Directory • 42System Volume Accuracy Directory • 36

TTemperature and Density Directory • 116Temperature Probe Offset • 119Temperature Units • 43Transaction Control • 36Transaction Security ID • 25Transaction Security Prompt Message • 25Transaction Start Message • 87Transmitter Type • 116

VValve Power Sense Permissive Message • 85Vapor Pressure Calculation • 122Volume Accuracy Directory • 112Volume/Mass Conversion • 44Volumes for Local Storage • 38Volumes to be Printed • 67

WWatchdog • 106

ZZero Flow Alarm • 34Zero Flow Alarm Timer • 110Zero Flow Timer • 32Zero Non-resettable Totals • 105

Page 171: Electronic Preset Delivery Systeminfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06066l.pdf347 - Recipes Per Transaction.....40 348 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)............................................................................................................40

Section VII - Related Publications

The specifications contained herein are subject to change without notice and any user of said specifications should verify from the manufacturer that the specifications arecurrently in effect. Otherwise, the manufacturer assumes no responsibility for the use of specifications which may have been changed and are no longer in effect.

Headquarters 1602 Wagner Ave., P.O. Box 10428, Erie, PA 16514-0428, Phone: 814/898-5000, Fax: 814/899-8927, Telex: 19-9902,Smith Systems Oper. 737 North Padre Island Dr., P.O. Box 4658, Corpus Christi, TX 78469, Phone: 512/289-1100, Fax: 512/289-1115, Telex: 650/601-2865E. Hemisphere Oper. Smith Meter GmbH, Regentstrasse, P.O. Box 1164, 25470 Ellerbek, Germany, Phone: (49) 4101-3040, Fax: (49) 4101-304133, Telex: 17410134Sales Offices: Houston 6677 North Gessner, Suite 315, Houston, TX 77040, Phone: 713/510-6970, Fax: 713/510-6972, Telex: 6975810 Los Angeles 19802 Terri Drive, Canyon Country, CA 91351, Phone: 805/250-1033, Fax: 805/298-3112 Dubai Al Moosa Tower, 17th Floor, Box 3228, Dubai, United Arab Emirates, Phone: (97) 1/4313-646, Fax: (97) 1/4310-950 London Ambassador House, 181 Farnham Road, Slough SL1 4XP, Berkshire, England, Phone: (441) 753-571515, Fax: (441) 753-529966, Telex: 846765 Barcelona Via Augusta, 125, Desp. 1-7a, E-08006 Barcelona, Spain, Phone: (34) 3 201-0989, Fax: (34) 3 201-0576, Telex: 98375 Singapore FMC Southeast Asia Pte Ltd., 149 Gul Circle, Singapore 629605, Box 236, Jurong Town Post Office, Singapore 916108, Phone: (65) 861-3011,

Fax: (65) 861-2401 Moscow Smith Meter International Ltd., 3rd Samotechny Per., 11, 103473 Moscow, Russia, Phone: 7 (502) 225-8705, Fax: 7 (502) 221-4066

Printed in U.S.A. © 1/94 Smith Meter Inc. All rights reserved. MN06066L Issue/Rev.0.4 (8/97)

Smith Meter Inc...Quality...From Concept, to Product, to You.

The following literature can be obtained from the Smith Meter Literature Department. Please reference theappropriate bulletin number and title when ordering.

Smith Meter Inc.1602 Wagner Avenue

P.O. Box 10428Erie, Pennsylvania 16514

AccuLoad II-RBU

Specifications .............................................................................................................................. Bulletin SS06017Installation.................................................................................................................................. Bulletin MN06064Operator Guide .......................................................................................................................... Bulletin MN06065Operator Reference.................................................................................................................. Bulletin MN06066LProgram Workbook ..................................................................................................................... Bulletin AB06034Communications....................................................................................................................... Bulletin MN06069L

Revisions included in MN06066L Issue/Rev. 0.4 (8/97):Added entries 120 and 121 to Code 185Added Code 354Added byte column and entries 327-332 to the Delivery Report Configurable Entry Table

Converted Word Perfect File to Microsoft Word